1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
95 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
96 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
98 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
101 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
102 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
104 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
105 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
106 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
107 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
108 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
109 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
110 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
111 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
113 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
114 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
117 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
118 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
119 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
120 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
122 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
126 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
127 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
128 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
129 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
130 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
133 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
134 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
136 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
140 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
142 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
143 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
144 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
145 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
146 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
148 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
149 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 && (flag_unwind_tables
151 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
156 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
159 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
163 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
166 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
168 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
170 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
173 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
174 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
175 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
176 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
178 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
179 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
182 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
184 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
187 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
192 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
196 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
198 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
201 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
202 must be kept around forever. */
203 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
205 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
206 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
207 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
209 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
211 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
212 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
213 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
214 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
215 define type declaration DIE's. */
216 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
218 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
219 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
233 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
235 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
237 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
238 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
239 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
242 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
244 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
246 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
247 Information instructions. The register number, offset
248 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
249 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
251 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
253 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
259 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
260 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
261 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
262 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
263 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
267 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
268 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
269 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
270 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
272 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
277 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
278 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
279 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
280 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
281 of this structure. */
282 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
283 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
284 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
286 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
287 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
290 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
291 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
292 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
293 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
294 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
296 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
298 const char *dw_fde_begin;
299 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
300 const char *dw_fde_end;
301 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
305 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
307 unsigned funcdef_number;
308 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
309 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
310 unsigned int drap_reg;
311 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
312 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
313 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
314 unsigned nothrow : 1;
315 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
316 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
317 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
318 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
319 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
320 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
321 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
322 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
323 cold_text_section. */
324 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
325 /* True iff switched sections. */
326 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
327 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
328 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
332 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
333 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
335 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
336 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
337 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
338 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
340 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
341 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
344 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
345 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
346 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
349 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
350 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
353 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
355 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
356 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
359 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
360 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
361 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
364 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
365 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
367 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
368 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
371 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
372 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
373 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
375 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
376 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
377 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
378 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
380 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
384 /* CIE identifier. */
385 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
386 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
387 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
389 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
392 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
393 information for each routine. */
394 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
396 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
397 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
399 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
400 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
402 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
404 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
406 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
408 static inline dw_fde_ref
411 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
414 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
415 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
417 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
418 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
419 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
420 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
421 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
422 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
425 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
427 unsigned int refcount;
428 enum dwarf_form form;
432 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
434 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
436 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
438 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
439 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
441 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
442 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
444 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
446 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
447 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
449 /* The default cold text section. */
450 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
452 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
454 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
456 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
457 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
458 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
459 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
460 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
462 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
464 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
465 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
467 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
469 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
470 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
471 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
472 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
473 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
474 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
475 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
477 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
478 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
479 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
481 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
482 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
483 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
484 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
485 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
486 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
488 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
489 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
490 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
493 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
494 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
495 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
497 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
498 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
501 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
502 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
505 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
509 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
510 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
512 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
513 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
514 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
515 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
516 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
517 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
519 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
521 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
523 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
524 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
526 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
528 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
530 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
534 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
535 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
536 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
537 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
540 /* Hook used by __throw. */
543 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
545 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
546 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
549 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
550 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
553 stripattributes (const char *s)
555 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
560 while (*s && *s != ',')
567 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
568 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
571 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
573 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
574 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
575 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
578 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
580 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
581 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
583 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
584 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
588 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
589 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
592 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
594 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
597 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
600 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
603 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
604 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
605 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
606 bool wrote_return_column = false;
608 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
610 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
612 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
614 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
615 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
618 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
619 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
620 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
622 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
624 wrote_return_column = true;
626 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
630 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
631 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
635 if (!wrote_return_column)
636 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
638 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
639 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
642 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
645 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
648 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
652 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
653 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
655 return "DW_CFA_offset";
657 return "DW_CFA_restore";
661 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
662 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
663 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
666 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
667 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
668 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
669 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
670 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
671 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
672 case DW_CFA_undefined:
673 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
674 case DW_CFA_same_value:
675 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
676 case DW_CFA_register:
677 return "DW_CFA_register";
678 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
679 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
680 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
681 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
683 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
684 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
685 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
686 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
687 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
691 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
692 case DW_CFA_expression:
693 return "DW_CFA_expression";
694 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
695 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
701 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
702 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
703 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
706 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
707 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
708 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
709 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
710 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
711 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
714 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
718 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
720 static inline dw_cfi_ref
723 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
725 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
726 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
732 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
735 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
738 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
740 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
741 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
742 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
743 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
744 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
745 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
746 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
748 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
752 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
759 /* Find the end of the chain. */
760 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
766 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
767 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
770 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
772 static char label[20];
774 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
776 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
777 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
779 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
783 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
784 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
790 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
791 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
793 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
794 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
797 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
799 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
801 if (emit_cfa_remember)
803 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
805 /* Emit the state save. */
806 emit_cfa_remember = false;
807 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
808 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
809 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
812 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
814 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
818 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
820 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
822 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
823 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
824 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
825 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
826 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
827 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
828 if (dwarf_version == 2
829 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
830 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
831 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
833 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
835 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
839 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
841 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
842 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
843 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
845 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
846 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
850 label = xstrdup (label);
852 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
854 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
855 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
856 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
857 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
858 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
860 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
861 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
869 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
871 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
873 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
874 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
875 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
876 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
877 sure how to address this for now. */
881 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
883 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
886 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
888 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
889 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
893 label = xstrdup (label);
895 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
897 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
898 set the location directly using set_loc. */
899 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
900 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
902 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
903 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
905 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
908 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
911 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
914 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
917 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
919 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
923 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
925 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
926 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
930 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
931 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
934 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
937 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
938 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
940 remember->in_use = 1;
942 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
943 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
945 remember->in_use = 0;
953 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
956 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
960 dw_cfa_location remember;
962 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
963 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
966 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
967 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
969 fde = current_fde ();
971 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
972 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
975 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
976 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
978 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
980 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
982 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
983 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
985 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
986 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
988 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
989 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
991 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
992 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
993 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
996 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1000 loc.base_offset = 0;
1002 loc.offset = offset;
1003 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1006 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1009 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1011 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1012 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1013 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1014 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1015 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1018 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1019 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1022 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1025 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1030 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1031 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1033 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1034 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1036 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1037 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1042 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1044 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1045 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1046 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1047 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1049 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1051 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1055 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1056 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1057 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1060 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1061 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1062 offset has not changed. */
1063 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1068 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1070 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1071 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1072 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1073 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1076 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1078 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1084 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1085 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1086 register-offset pair is available. */
1087 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1089 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1090 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1091 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1094 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1097 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1098 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1099 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1100 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1103 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1105 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1106 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1108 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1110 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1113 && fde->stack_realign
1114 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1116 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc
1119 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1121 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1123 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1124 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1125 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1126 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1128 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1131 else if (sreg == reg)
1132 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1135 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1139 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1142 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1143 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1144 from the previous frame's window save area.
1146 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1147 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1150 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1152 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1154 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1155 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1158 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1159 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1162 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1164 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1167 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1168 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1171 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1173 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1176 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1177 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1180 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1182 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1185 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1186 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1187 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1190 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1192 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1193 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1195 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1198 /* RA is in a register. */
1199 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1203 /* RA is on the stack. */
1204 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1205 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1208 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1213 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1218 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1219 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1229 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1230 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1231 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1232 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1233 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1240 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1241 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1245 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1248 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1249 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1250 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1252 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1253 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1254 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1257 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1259 code = GET_CODE (src);
1261 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1263 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1265 offset = -cur_args_size;
1266 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1269 return offset - cur_offset;
1272 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1273 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1274 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1277 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1278 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1284 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1288 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1289 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1290 code = GET_CODE (src);
1296 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1298 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1299 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1300 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1301 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1302 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1309 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1311 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1318 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1320 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1335 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1336 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1338 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1340 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1342 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1343 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1344 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1346 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1349 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1351 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1353 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1354 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1355 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1356 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1358 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1360 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1361 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1362 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1363 cur_args_size, offset);
1368 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1372 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1373 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1374 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1375 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1377 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1379 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1380 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1385 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1389 cur_args_size += offset;
1390 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1395 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1399 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1401 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1402 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1407 return cur_args_size;
1410 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1413 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1415 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1417 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1419 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1420 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1421 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1423 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1424 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 insn = get_insns ();
1426 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1427 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1430 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1432 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1433 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1435 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1436 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1437 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1438 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1439 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1441 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1443 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1445 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1450 if (insn == first_insn)
1452 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1454 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1459 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1460 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1465 body = PATTERN (insn);
1466 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1468 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1469 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1470 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1471 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1473 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1474 dest_args_size, &next);
1477 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1478 cur_args_size, &next);
1480 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1481 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1482 dest_args_size, &next);
1485 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1486 cur_args_size, &next);
1490 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1494 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1497 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1501 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1504 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1508 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1509 pushed onto the stack. */
1512 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1516 if (size == old_args_size)
1519 old_args_size = size;
1522 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1524 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1527 /* Adjust args_size based on stack adjustment OFFSET. */
1530 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1532 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1533 cfa.offset += offset;
1535 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1536 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1538 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1542 args_size += offset;
1546 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1547 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1548 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1551 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1552 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1553 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1556 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1558 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1562 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1563 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1564 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1565 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1566 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1569 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1570 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1571 shouldn't change at all. */
1573 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1574 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1577 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1578 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1579 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1581 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1583 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1584 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1585 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1586 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1587 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1588 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1589 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1590 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1595 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1597 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1598 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1601 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1603 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1604 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1605 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1606 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1607 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1611 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1616 offset -= args_size;
1617 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1621 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1622 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1623 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1624 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1626 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1628 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1629 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1630 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1639 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1640 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset, label);
1645 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1646 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1647 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1649 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1650 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1652 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1656 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1658 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1659 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1664 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1665 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1666 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1667 more efficient data structure. */
1668 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1669 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1671 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1672 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1674 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1675 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1678 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1680 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1682 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1683 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1685 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1686 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1691 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1692 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1693 queued_reg_saves = q;
1697 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1698 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1700 last_reg_save_label = label;
1703 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1706 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1708 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1710 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1713 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1715 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1716 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1718 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1720 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1721 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1723 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1725 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1726 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1729 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1731 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1733 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1734 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1737 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1738 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1741 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1742 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1743 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1744 have a new location for? */
1747 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1749 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1751 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1754 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1756 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1757 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1758 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1765 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1768 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1771 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1773 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1774 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1776 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1778 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1779 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1781 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1782 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1784 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1785 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1786 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1789 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1792 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1794 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1796 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1798 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1799 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1802 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1803 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1804 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1805 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1811 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1812 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1813 value, not an offset. */
1814 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1816 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1819 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1821 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1823 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1826 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1827 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1831 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1835 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1839 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1842 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1845 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1849 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1850 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1851 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1853 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1856 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1857 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1867 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1868 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1870 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1873 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1876 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1878 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1879 rtx src, addr, span;
1881 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1882 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1883 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1884 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1886 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1887 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1890 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1891 offset = -cfa.offset;
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1901 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1903 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1904 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1906 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1909 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1910 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1913 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1915 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1917 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1918 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1920 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1922 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1923 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1924 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1929 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1932 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1935 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1937 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1938 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1941 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1943 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1945 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1947 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1948 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1949 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1952 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1955 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1957 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1958 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1960 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1961 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1963 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1966 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1967 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1968 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1969 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1971 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1972 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1973 users need not read the source code.
1975 The High-Level Picture
1977 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1978 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1979 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1980 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1981 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1983 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1984 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1985 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1986 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1987 saves. This also seems to work.
1989 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1990 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1991 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1992 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1993 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1994 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1995 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1996 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1997 value as in the caller.
1999 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2000 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2001 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2002 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2004 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2007 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2009 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2010 consists of a register and an offset.
2011 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2012 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2013 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2014 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2015 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2016 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2017 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2019 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2020 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2021 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2024 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2025 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2026 and cfa_temp.offset.
2028 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2031 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2032 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2033 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2035 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2036 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2037 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2038 register instead of CFA+offset.
2042 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2043 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2046 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2047 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2048 cfa.offset unchanged
2049 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2050 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2053 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2054 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2055 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2056 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2057 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2058 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2061 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2062 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2063 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2066 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2067 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2069 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2070 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2071 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2074 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2075 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2077 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2078 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2081 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2082 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2083 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2086 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2087 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2088 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2091 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2095 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2096 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2097 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2100 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2101 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2102 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2104 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2107 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2108 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2109 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2111 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2114 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2117 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2118 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2121 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2122 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2123 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2126 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2127 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2128 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2129 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2132 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2133 effects: target-dependent
2136 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2137 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2138 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2139 cfa_store.offset = 0
2140 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2143 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2144 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2148 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2149 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2150 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2153 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2154 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2156 && cfa.indirect == 0
2157 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2158 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2159 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
2162 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
2163 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
2164 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
2165 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
2166 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
2170 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2172 rtx src, dest, span;
2173 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2176 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2177 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2178 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2179 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2180 flag is set in them. */
2181 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2184 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2187 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2188 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2189 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2190 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2191 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2192 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2193 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2195 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2196 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2197 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2198 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2199 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2202 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2204 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2205 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2206 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2207 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2208 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2209 else if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
2210 && GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2212 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2214 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2215 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2216 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2219 dwarf2out_args_size_adjust (offset, label);
2225 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2227 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2228 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2232 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2237 fde = current_fde ();
2241 && fde->drap_reg == REGNO (src)
2242 && (fde->drap_reg_saved
2246 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
2247 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
2248 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
2251 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2252 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (dest);
2257 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2260 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2262 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2264 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2267 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2268 relative to the current CFA register.
2270 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2271 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2272 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2273 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2274 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2275 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2276 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2280 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2281 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2282 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2283 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2284 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2286 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2287 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2288 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2289 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2291 && fde->stack_realign
2292 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2293 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2294 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2295 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2297 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2304 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2308 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2311 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2314 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2316 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2322 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2324 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2325 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2326 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2328 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2329 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2332 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2334 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2336 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2337 cfa.offset += offset;
2338 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2339 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2341 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2344 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2345 or adjusting the FP */
2346 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2348 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2349 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2350 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2351 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2352 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2354 cfa.offset += offset;
2355 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2359 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2362 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2363 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2364 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2366 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2367 into the FP later on. */
2368 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2369 cfa.offset += offset;
2370 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2371 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2372 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2373 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2377 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2378 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2379 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2381 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2382 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2383 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2384 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2385 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2389 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2390 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2392 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2393 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2402 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2403 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2408 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2409 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2410 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2412 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2413 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2414 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2417 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2418 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2425 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2426 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2427 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2432 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2433 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2435 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2437 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2438 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2439 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2440 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2442 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2443 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2444 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2452 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2457 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2459 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2464 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2465 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2467 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2469 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2470 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2472 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2473 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2474 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2476 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2482 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2483 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2486 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2487 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2488 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2490 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2492 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2493 reference to represent the address of the stored
2496 && fde->stack_realign
2497 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2499 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2500 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2503 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2504 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2506 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2510 /* With an offset. */
2517 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2518 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2519 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2520 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2523 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2525 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2526 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2529 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2530 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2536 /* Without an offset. */
2539 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2541 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2542 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2545 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2546 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2553 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2554 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2555 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2556 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2564 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2565 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2566 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2570 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2571 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2572 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2574 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2576 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2579 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2580 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2581 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2582 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2585 && fde->stack_realign
2586 && cfa.indirect == 0
2587 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2589 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2591 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2593 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2594 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2595 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2598 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2600 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2604 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2605 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2607 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2608 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2613 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2614 calculate the CFA. */
2615 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2619 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2621 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2622 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2624 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2629 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2631 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2634 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2637 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2638 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2642 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2644 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2646 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2647 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2649 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2651 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2652 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2663 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2664 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2665 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2667 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2668 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2671 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2675 bool handled_one = false;
2677 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2681 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2682 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2684 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2687 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2689 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2692 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2694 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2696 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2697 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2699 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2701 if (barrier_args_size)
2703 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2704 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2709 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2710 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2712 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2714 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2715 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2719 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2721 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2722 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2724 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2725 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2728 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2729 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2733 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2738 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2739 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2745 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2748 n = single_set (insn);
2749 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2753 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2758 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2759 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2761 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2765 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2770 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2771 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2774 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2784 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2786 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2789 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2790 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2791 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2792 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2795 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2797 bool saw_frp = false;
2800 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2801 frame related insns. */
2802 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2807 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2808 if (returnjump_p (i))
2810 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2813 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2816 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2818 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2820 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2821 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2824 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2825 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2829 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2833 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2834 save/restore pair. */
2838 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2839 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2840 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2841 i = next_real_insn (i);
2845 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2846 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2847 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2848 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2851 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2854 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2858 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2860 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2862 /* And emulate the state save. */
2863 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2865 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2868 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2871 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2873 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2874 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2876 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2877 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2879 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2881 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2886 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2887 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2888 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2890 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2891 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2896 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2897 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2898 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2899 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2901 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2902 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2903 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2904 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2905 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2906 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2909 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2910 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2911 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2912 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2913 case DW_CFA_restore:
2914 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2915 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2916 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2917 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2918 case DW_CFA_register:
2919 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2921 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2922 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2924 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2927 case DW_CFA_expression:
2928 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2935 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2936 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2937 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2939 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2940 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2944 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2945 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2947 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2948 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2949 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2951 case DW_CFA_register:
2952 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2959 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2961 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2962 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2963 for collect2 the first time around. */
2966 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2970 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2971 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2975 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2981 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2983 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2985 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2987 flags = ((! flag_pic
2988 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2989 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2990 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2991 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2992 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2993 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2994 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2997 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2998 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3002 if (eh_frame_section)
3003 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3006 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3007 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3008 switch_to_section (data_section);
3012 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3013 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3014 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3015 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3016 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3021 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3025 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3028 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3031 if (!debug_frame_section)
3032 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3033 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3034 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3038 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3041 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3046 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3047 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3048 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3049 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3050 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3051 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3052 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3054 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3056 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3057 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3058 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3060 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3062 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3064 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3069 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3071 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3073 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3075 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3076 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3077 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3082 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3085 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3086 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3087 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3088 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3092 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3094 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3098 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3100 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3103 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3104 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3109 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3110 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3112 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3116 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3117 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3122 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3123 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3125 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3126 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3129 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3130 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3131 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3132 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3133 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3136 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3137 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3138 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3139 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3140 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3144 case DW_CFA_register:
3145 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3147 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3148 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3151 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3152 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3153 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3156 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3157 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3158 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3161 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3164 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3165 case DW_CFA_expression:
3166 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3169 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3170 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3179 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3182 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3184 unsigned long r, r2;
3186 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3190 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3191 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3192 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3193 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3194 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3195 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3196 going to take care of this for us. */
3200 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3201 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3202 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3203 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3204 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3207 case DW_CFA_restore:
3208 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3209 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3210 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3213 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3214 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3215 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3218 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3219 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3220 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3223 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3224 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3225 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3226 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3227 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3230 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3231 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3232 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3235 case DW_CFA_register:
3236 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3237 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3238 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3241 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3242 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3243 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3244 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3245 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3248 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3251 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3252 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3255 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3256 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3257 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3259 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3260 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3261 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3264 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3265 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3268 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3269 case DW_CFA_expression:
3270 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3271 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3272 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3280 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3281 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3283 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3284 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3285 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3286 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3289 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3291 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3293 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3294 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3295 unsigned int len, idx;
3297 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3298 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3302 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3303 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3304 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3305 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3306 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3308 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3310 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3312 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3313 .cfi_restore_state. */
3314 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3315 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3317 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3320 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3327 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3331 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3332 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3334 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3337 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3338 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3339 case DW_CFA_restore:
3340 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3341 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3342 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3343 case DW_CFA_register:
3344 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3345 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3346 case DW_CFA_expression:
3347 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3348 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3349 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3350 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3351 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3352 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3355 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3356 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3358 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3360 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3363 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3364 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3365 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3368 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3370 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3371 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3373 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3375 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3376 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3379 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3381 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3384 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3386 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3388 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3390 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3391 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3392 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3394 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3395 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3396 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3398 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3399 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3400 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3401 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3408 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3409 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3413 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3415 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3418 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3420 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3423 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3425 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3427 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3430 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3433 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3434 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3436 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3443 /* Output one FDE. */
3446 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3447 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3448 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3450 const char *begin, *end;
3451 static unsigned int j;
3452 char l1[20], l2[20];
3455 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3457 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3459 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3461 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3462 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3463 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3464 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3466 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3469 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3471 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3472 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3474 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3476 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3477 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3481 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3482 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3483 might be separated from the real start of the
3484 function by alignment padding. */
3486 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3487 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3488 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3490 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3491 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3492 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3494 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3499 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3500 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3501 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3502 "FDE initial location");
3503 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3504 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3508 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3509 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3512 if (augmentation[0])
3514 if (any_lsda_needed)
3516 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3518 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3520 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3521 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3522 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3523 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3524 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3527 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3530 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3532 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3534 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3535 fde->funcdef_number);
3536 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3537 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3539 "Language Specific Data Area");
3543 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3544 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3545 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3546 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3550 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3553 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3555 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3556 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3557 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3558 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3561 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3562 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3564 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3565 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3571 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3573 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3575 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3576 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3577 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3578 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3580 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3581 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3584 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3585 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3586 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3587 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3588 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3590 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3591 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3592 switch *back* into the table section. */
3593 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3594 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3595 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3598 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3599 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3600 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3606 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3607 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3608 location of saved registers. */
3611 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3616 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3617 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3618 char augmentation[6];
3619 int augmentation_size;
3620 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3621 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3622 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3624 rtx personality = NULL;
3627 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3628 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3631 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3632 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3635 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3636 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3637 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3638 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3639 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3640 specialization doesn't. */
3641 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3642 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3645 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3646 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3647 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3648 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3649 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3650 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3652 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3653 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3654 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3655 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3658 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3660 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3661 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3662 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3663 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3664 any_eh_needed = true;
3665 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3666 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3667 any_eh_needed = true;
3669 if (! any_eh_needed)
3673 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3677 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3678 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3680 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3681 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3683 /* Output the CIE. */
3684 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3686 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3687 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3688 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3689 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3690 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3691 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3693 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3694 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3695 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3696 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3697 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3699 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3700 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3701 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3702 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3704 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3706 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3708 augmentation[0] = 0;
3709 augmentation_size = 0;
3711 personality = current_unit_personality;
3717 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3718 augmentation section.
3719 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3720 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3721 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3723 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3724 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3726 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3727 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3728 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3730 p = augmentation + 1;
3734 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3735 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3737 if (any_lsda_needed)
3740 augmentation_size += 1;
3742 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3745 augmentation_size += 1;
3747 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3749 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3753 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3754 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3756 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3758 + 1 /* CIE version */
3759 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3760 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3761 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3763 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3764 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3765 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3767 augmentation_size += pad;
3769 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3770 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3771 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3775 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3776 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3777 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3778 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3780 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3783 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3785 if (augmentation[0])
3787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3791 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3792 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3797 if (any_lsda_needed)
3798 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3799 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3801 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3803 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3806 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3807 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3809 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3810 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3811 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3812 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3814 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3815 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3818 fde = &fde_table[i];
3820 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3821 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3822 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3823 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3824 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3827 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3828 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3829 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3832 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3833 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3834 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3835 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3836 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3837 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3840 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3845 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3848 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3852 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3854 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3858 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3861 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3862 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3863 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3864 of the weirder relocation types. */
3865 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3866 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3868 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3869 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3870 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3873 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3877 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3878 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3879 current_function_funcdef_no);
3880 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3881 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3883 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3884 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3886 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3887 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3888 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3892 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3896 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3897 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3899 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3904 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3906 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3907 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3908 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3910 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3911 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3914 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3918 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3919 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3920 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3921 current_function_funcdef_no);
3922 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3923 current_function_funcdef_no);
3924 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3925 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3927 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3928 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3929 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3933 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3934 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3936 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3937 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3938 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3939 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3942 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3943 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3945 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3946 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3947 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3948 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3949 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3950 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3951 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3952 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3953 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3954 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3955 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3956 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3958 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3959 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3960 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3961 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3962 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3963 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3964 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3965 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3967 section *unlikelysec;
3968 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3969 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3972 = (fnsec == text_section
3973 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3974 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3975 fde->cold_in_std_section
3976 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3977 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3982 = (fnsec == text_section
3983 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3984 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3987 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3989 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3990 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3991 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3993 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
3996 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3997 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4000 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4001 if (!current_unit_personality)
4002 current_unit_personality = personality;
4004 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4005 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4006 function anymore. */
4008 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4009 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4010 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4014 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4015 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4019 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4020 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4023 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4025 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4026 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4029 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4030 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4032 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4034 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4035 current_function_funcdef_no);
4036 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4037 fde = current_fde ();
4038 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4039 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4043 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4045 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4046 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4047 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4048 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4050 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4051 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4053 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4054 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4056 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4057 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4058 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4063 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4065 /* Output call frame information. */
4066 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4067 output_call_frame_info (0);
4069 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4070 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4071 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4072 output_call_frame_info (1);
4076 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4079 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4081 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4082 if (sec == text_section)
4083 text_section_used = true;
4084 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4085 cold_text_section_used = true;
4089 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4091 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4093 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4095 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4096 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4098 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4099 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4100 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4101 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4102 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4104 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4105 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4108 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4109 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4110 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4112 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4113 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4115 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4116 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4118 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4120 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4121 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4123 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4127 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4129 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4131 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4132 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4133 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4138 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4139 for emitting location expressions. */
4141 /* Data about a single source file. */
4142 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4143 const char * filename;
4147 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4148 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4149 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4150 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4151 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4153 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4157 } deferred_locations;
4159 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4160 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4162 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4164 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4165 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4167 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4168 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4169 implementation are listed below. */
4174 dw_val_class_offset,
4176 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4177 dw_val_class_range_list,
4179 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4180 dw_val_class_const_double,
4183 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4184 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4185 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4186 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4188 dw_val_class_macptr,
4193 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4195 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4196 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4202 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4203 represented internally. */
4205 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4206 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4207 union dw_val_struct_union
4209 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4210 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4211 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4212 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4213 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4214 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4215 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4216 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4217 struct dw_val_die_union
4221 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4222 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4223 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4224 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4225 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4226 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4227 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4229 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4233 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4236 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4237 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4238 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4239 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4240 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4241 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4243 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4244 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4248 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4249 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4250 their entire life. */
4251 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4252 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4253 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4254 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4255 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4256 Only on head of list */
4257 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4258 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4261 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4263 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4265 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4268 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4273 return "DW_OP_addr";
4275 return "DW_OP_deref";
4277 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4279 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4281 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4283 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4285 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4287 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4289 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4291 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4293 return "DW_OP_constu";
4295 return "DW_OP_consts";
4299 return "DW_OP_drop";
4301 return "DW_OP_over";
4303 return "DW_OP_pick";
4305 return "DW_OP_swap";
4309 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4317 return "DW_OP_minus";
4329 return "DW_OP_plus";
4330 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4331 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4337 return "DW_OP_shra";
4355 return "DW_OP_skip";
4357 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4359 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4421 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4423 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4485 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4487 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4549 return "DW_OP_regx";
4551 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4553 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4555 return "DW_OP_piece";
4556 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4557 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4558 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4559 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4563 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4564 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4566 return "DW_OP_call2";
4568 return "DW_OP_call4";
4569 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4570 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4571 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4572 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4573 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4574 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4575 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4576 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4577 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4578 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4579 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4580 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4582 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4583 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4584 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4585 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4586 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4587 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4590 return "OP_<unknown>";
4594 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4595 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4596 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4598 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4599 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4600 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4602 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4604 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4605 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4606 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4607 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4608 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4613 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4616 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4617 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4620 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4623 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4626 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4629 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4631 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4633 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4634 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4640 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4643 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4645 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4648 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4653 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4654 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4658 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4659 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4660 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4661 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4662 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4664 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4665 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4667 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4668 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4671 else if (offset > 0)
4672 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4676 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4677 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4681 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4682 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4685 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4688 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4689 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4693 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4695 static unsigned long
4696 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4698 unsigned long size = 1;
4700 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4703 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4722 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4725 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4730 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4731 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4769 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4772 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4775 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4778 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4779 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4782 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4784 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4785 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4794 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4795 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4797 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4798 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4799 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4808 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4810 static unsigned long
4811 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4816 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4817 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4818 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4820 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4822 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4827 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4829 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4830 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4836 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4837 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4840 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4843 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4845 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4846 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4848 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4850 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4853 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4857 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4861 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4862 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4869 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4870 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4872 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4875 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4877 switch (val2->val_class)
4879 case dw_val_class_const:
4880 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4882 case dw_val_class_vec:
4884 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4885 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4889 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4894 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4897 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4898 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4901 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4903 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4905 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4907 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4908 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4912 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4913 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4915 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4917 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4921 case dw_val_class_addr:
4922 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4923 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4938 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4939 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4940 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4941 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4942 only doing unwinding. */
4947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4950 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4953 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4958 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4959 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4993 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4996 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5003 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5006 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5008 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5009 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5010 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5016 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5018 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5021 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5028 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5029 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5037 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5042 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5045 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5047 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5049 /* Output the opcode. */
5050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5051 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5053 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5054 output_loc_operands (loc);
5058 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5059 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5062 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5064 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5065 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5067 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5070 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5071 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5077 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5078 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5079 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5080 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5085 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5086 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5091 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5092 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5097 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5098 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5099 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5107 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5108 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5110 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5111 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5116 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5119 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5120 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5157 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5158 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5162 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5163 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5164 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5165 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5169 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5175 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5179 /* Output the opcode. */
5180 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5181 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5183 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5185 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5187 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5191 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5192 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5195 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5197 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5200 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5203 /* Output the size of the block. */
5204 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5205 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5206 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5208 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5209 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5212 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5215 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5217 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5220 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5221 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5223 /* Output the size of the block. */
5224 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5225 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5226 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5227 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5229 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5230 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5233 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5234 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5237 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5238 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5240 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5242 offset += cfa->offset;
5246 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5247 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5248 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5249 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5252 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5253 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5257 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5262 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5263 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5266 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5267 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5269 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5270 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5271 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5273 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5274 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5276 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5277 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5278 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5279 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5286 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5287 descriptor sequence. */
5290 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5292 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5294 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5298 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5300 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5336 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5339 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5373 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5374 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5377 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5378 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5383 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5384 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5387 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5388 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5392 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5394 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5395 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5397 /* .debug_str support. */
5398 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5400 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5401 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5402 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5403 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5404 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5405 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5407 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5408 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5409 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5410 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5411 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5412 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5413 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5415 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5416 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5417 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5418 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5419 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5420 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5421 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5422 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5424 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5426 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5430 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5433 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5434 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5435 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5436 dwarf2out_end_block,
5437 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5438 dwarf2out_source_line,
5439 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5440 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5441 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5442 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5443 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5444 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
5445 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5446 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5447 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5448 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5449 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5450 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5451 something tries to reference them. */
5452 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5453 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5454 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5455 dwarf2out_var_location,
5456 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5457 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5458 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5459 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5460 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5462 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5466 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5467 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5468 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5470 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5471 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5472 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5473 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5475 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5476 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5478 typedef long int dw_offset;
5480 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5482 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5483 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5484 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5485 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5486 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5487 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5488 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5490 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5491 line number associated with the label generated for that
5492 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5493 the line number entry. */
5495 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5496 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5497 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5501 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5503 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5504 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5505 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5506 unsigned long function;
5508 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5510 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5511 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5512 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5514 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5515 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5516 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5520 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5521 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5523 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5524 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5525 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5527 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5528 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5529 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5531 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5532 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5534 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5535 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5536 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5537 dw_die_ref die_child;
5539 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5540 dw_offset die_offset;
5541 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5543 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5544 int die_perennial_p;
5545 unsigned int decl_id;
5549 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5550 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5551 c = die->die_child; \
5555 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5558 /* The pubname structure */
5560 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5566 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5567 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5569 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5570 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5571 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5575 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5580 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5581 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5583 dw_die_ref root_die;
5584 dw_die_ref type_die;
5585 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5586 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5590 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5591 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5594 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5598 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5602 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5604 skeleton_chain_node;
5606 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5607 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5608 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5611 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5612 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5614 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5615 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5616 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5617 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5618 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5619 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5621 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5622 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5623 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5624 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5625 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5626 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5627 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5628 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5629 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5630 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5632 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5633 language, and compiler version. */
5635 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5636 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5637 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5639 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5640 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5641 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5642 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5644 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5645 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5647 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5648 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5649 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5650 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5651 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5653 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5654 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5655 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5656 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5657 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5658 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5660 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5661 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5662 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5663 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5665 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5669 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5670 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5671 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5673 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5674 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5676 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5677 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5679 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5680 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5681 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5682 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5685 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5686 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5687 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5688 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5691 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5692 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5694 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5695 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5697 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5698 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5700 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5701 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5703 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5705 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5706 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5708 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5709 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5710 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5712 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5713 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5714 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5716 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5721 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5722 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5724 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5725 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5726 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5727 const char * GTY (()) label;
5728 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
5729 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5732 /* Variable location list. */
5733 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5734 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5736 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5737 it is marked through the chain. */
5738 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5740 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5741 unsigned int decl_id;
5743 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5746 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5747 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5749 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5750 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5751 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5752 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5753 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5755 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5756 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5758 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5759 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5761 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5762 abbrev_die_table. */
5763 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5765 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5766 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5767 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5768 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5770 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5771 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5773 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5774 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5776 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5777 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5778 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5779 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5781 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5782 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5784 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5785 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5787 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5789 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5791 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5792 accessible names. */
5793 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5795 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5796 accessible types. */
5797 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5799 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5800 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5802 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5803 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5805 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5806 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5808 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5810 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5812 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5813 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5815 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5816 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5818 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5819 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5821 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5822 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5823 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5825 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5826 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5828 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5829 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5831 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5833 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5835 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5836 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5838 /* Unique label counter. */
5839 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5841 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5842 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5844 /* The direct call table structure. */
5846 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5847 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5849 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5853 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5854 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5856 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5858 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5859 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5860 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5864 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5865 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5867 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5868 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5869 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5871 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5873 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5875 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5878 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5880 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5881 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5882 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5884 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5885 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5888 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5889 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5891 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5892 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5894 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5895 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5897 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5899 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5901 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5902 within the current function. */
5903 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5905 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5907 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5908 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5909 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5910 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5911 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5912 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5913 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5914 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5915 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5916 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5917 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5918 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5919 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5920 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5921 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5922 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5923 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5924 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5925 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5926 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5927 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5928 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5929 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5930 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5931 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5932 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5933 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5934 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5935 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5936 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5937 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5938 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5939 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5940 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5941 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5943 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5944 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5945 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5946 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5947 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5948 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5949 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5950 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5951 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5953 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5954 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5955 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5956 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5957 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5958 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5959 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5960 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5961 static bool is_c_family (void);
5962 static bool is_cxx (void);
5963 static bool is_java (void);
5964 static bool is_fortran (void);
5965 static bool is_ada (void);
5966 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5967 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5968 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5969 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5970 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5971 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5972 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5973 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5974 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5975 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5976 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5977 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5978 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5979 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5980 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5981 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
5982 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5983 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5984 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5985 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5986 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5987 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5988 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5989 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5990 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5991 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5992 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5993 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
5994 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5995 struct checksum_attributes;
5996 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
5997 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5998 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5999 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6000 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6001 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6002 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6003 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6004 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6005 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6006 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6007 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6008 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6009 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6010 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6011 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6012 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6013 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6014 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6015 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6016 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6017 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6018 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6019 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6020 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6022 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6023 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6024 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6025 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6027 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6028 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6029 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6030 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6031 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6032 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6033 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6034 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6035 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6036 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6037 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6038 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6039 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6040 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6041 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6042 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6043 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6044 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6045 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6046 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6047 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6048 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6049 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6050 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6051 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6052 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6053 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6054 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6055 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6056 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6057 static void output_aranges (void);
6058 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6059 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6060 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
6061 static void output_ranges (void);
6062 static void output_line_info (void);
6063 static void output_file_names (void);
6064 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6065 static int is_base_type (tree);
6066 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6067 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6068 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6069 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6070 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6071 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6072 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6073 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6074 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6075 enum var_init_status);
6076 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6077 enum var_init_status);
6078 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6079 enum var_init_status);
6080 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6081 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6082 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6083 enum var_init_status);
6084 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6085 enum var_init_status);
6086 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6087 enum var_init_status);
6088 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6089 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6090 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6091 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6092 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6093 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6094 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6095 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6096 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6098 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6099 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6100 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6101 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6102 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6103 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6104 enum dwarf_attribute);
6105 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6106 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6107 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6108 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6109 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6110 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6111 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6112 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6113 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6114 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6115 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6116 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6117 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6118 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6119 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6120 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6121 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6122 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6123 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6124 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6125 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6126 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6127 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6128 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6130 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6132 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6133 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6135 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6137 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6138 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6139 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6140 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6141 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6142 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6143 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6144 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6145 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6146 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6147 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6148 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6149 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6150 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6151 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6154 enum debug_info_usage);
6155 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6158 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6159 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6160 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6161 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6162 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6165 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6166 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6167 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6168 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6169 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6170 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6172 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6173 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6174 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6175 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
6176 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
6177 const char *, const char *,
6179 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6180 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6182 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6183 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6184 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6185 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6186 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6187 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6188 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6189 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6190 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6192 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6193 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6194 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6196 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6197 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6199 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6200 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6202 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6203 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6205 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6206 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6208 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6209 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6211 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6212 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6214 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6215 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6217 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6218 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6220 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6221 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6223 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6224 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6226 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6227 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6230 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6231 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6232 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6235 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6236 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6237 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6238 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6241 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6242 the section names themselves. */
6244 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6245 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6247 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6248 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6250 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6251 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6253 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6254 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6256 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6257 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6259 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6260 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6262 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6263 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6265 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6266 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6269 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6270 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6271 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6272 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6273 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6275 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6276 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6277 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6278 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6279 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6280 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6281 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6282 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6283 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6287 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6289 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6290 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6292 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6293 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6295 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6296 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6298 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6299 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6301 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6302 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6306 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6307 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6309 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6312 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6314 demangle_name_func = func;
6317 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6320 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6322 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6323 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6324 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6327 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6331 type_main_variant (tree type)
6333 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6335 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6336 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6337 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6338 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6340 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6341 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6342 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6347 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6350 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6352 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6354 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6355 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6358 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6361 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6365 case DW_TAG_padding:
6366 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6367 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6368 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6369 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6370 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6371 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6372 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6373 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6374 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6375 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6376 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6377 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6378 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6380 return "DW_TAG_label";
6381 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6382 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6384 return "DW_TAG_member";
6385 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6386 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6387 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6388 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6389 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6390 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6391 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6392 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6394 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6395 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6396 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6398 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6399 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6400 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6401 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6402 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6403 case DW_TAG_variant:
6404 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6405 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6406 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6407 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6408 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6409 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6410 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6411 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6412 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6414 return "DW_TAG_module";
6415 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6416 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6417 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6418 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6419 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6420 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6421 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6422 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6423 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6424 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6425 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6426 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6427 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6428 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6429 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_constant:
6432 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6433 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6434 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6435 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6436 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6438 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6439 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6440 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6441 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6442 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6443 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6444 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6445 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6446 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6447 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6448 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6449 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6450 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6451 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6452 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6453 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6454 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6455 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6456 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6457 case DW_TAG_variable:
6458 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6459 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6460 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6461 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6462 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6463 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6466 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6467 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6468 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6469 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6470 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6471 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6472 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6473 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6474 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6475 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6476 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6477 case DW_TAG_condition:
6478 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6479 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6480 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6481 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6482 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6483 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6484 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6485 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6486 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6487 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6488 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6489 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6490 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6491 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6492 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6493 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6494 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6495 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6496 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6497 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6498 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6499 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6500 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6501 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6502 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6503 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6504 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6506 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6510 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6513 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6518 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6519 case DW_AT_location:
6520 return "DW_AT_location";
6522 return "DW_AT_name";
6523 case DW_AT_ordering:
6524 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6525 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6526 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6527 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6528 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6529 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6530 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6531 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6532 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6533 case DW_AT_element_list:
6534 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6535 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6536 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6538 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6540 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6541 case DW_AT_language:
6542 return "DW_AT_language";
6544 return "DW_AT_member";
6546 return "DW_AT_discr";
6547 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6548 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6549 case DW_AT_visibility:
6550 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6552 return "DW_AT_import";
6553 case DW_AT_string_length:
6554 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6555 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6556 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6557 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6558 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6559 case DW_AT_const_value:
6560 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6561 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6562 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6563 case DW_AT_default_value:
6564 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6566 return "DW_AT_inline";
6567 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6568 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6569 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6570 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6571 case DW_AT_producer:
6572 return "DW_AT_producer";
6573 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6574 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6575 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6576 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6577 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6578 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6579 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6580 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6581 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6582 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6583 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6584 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6585 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6586 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6587 case DW_AT_address_class:
6588 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6589 case DW_AT_artificial:
6590 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6591 case DW_AT_base_types:
6592 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6593 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6594 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6596 return "DW_AT_count";
6597 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6598 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6599 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6600 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6601 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6602 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6603 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6604 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6605 case DW_AT_declaration:
6606 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6607 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6608 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6609 case DW_AT_encoding:
6610 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6611 case DW_AT_external:
6612 return "DW_AT_external";
6613 case DW_AT_explicit:
6614 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6615 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6616 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6618 return "DW_AT_friend";
6619 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6620 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6621 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6622 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6623 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6624 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6625 case DW_AT_priority:
6626 return "DW_AT_priority";
6628 return "DW_AT_segment";
6629 case DW_AT_specification:
6630 return "DW_AT_specification";
6631 case DW_AT_static_link:
6632 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6634 return "DW_AT_type";
6635 case DW_AT_use_location:
6636 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6637 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6638 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6639 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6640 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6641 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6642 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6644 case DW_AT_allocated:
6645 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6646 case DW_AT_associated:
6647 return "DW_AT_associated";
6648 case DW_AT_data_location:
6649 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6650 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6651 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6652 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6653 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6654 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6655 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6656 case DW_AT_extension:
6657 return "DW_AT_extension";
6659 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6660 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6661 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6662 case DW_AT_call_column:
6663 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6664 case DW_AT_call_file:
6665 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6666 case DW_AT_call_line:
6667 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6669 case DW_AT_signature:
6670 return "DW_AT_signature";
6671 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6672 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6673 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6674 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6675 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6676 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6677 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6678 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6679 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6680 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6682 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6683 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6684 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6685 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6686 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6688 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6690 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6692 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6696 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6698 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6700 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6702 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6705 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6706 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6707 case DW_AT_src_info:
6708 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6709 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6710 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6711 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6712 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6713 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6714 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6715 case DW_AT_body_end:
6716 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6717 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6718 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6719 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6720 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6721 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6722 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6723 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6724 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6725 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6726 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6727 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6728 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6729 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6730 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6731 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6732 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6733 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6734 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6735 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6736 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6738 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6739 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6742 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6746 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6749 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6754 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6755 case DW_FORM_block2:
6756 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6757 case DW_FORM_block4:
6758 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6760 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6762 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6764 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6765 case DW_FORM_string:
6766 return "DW_FORM_string";
6768 return "DW_FORM_block";
6769 case DW_FORM_block1:
6770 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6772 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6774 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6776 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6778 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6780 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6781 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6782 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6784 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6786 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6788 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6790 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6791 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6792 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6793 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6794 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6795 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6796 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6797 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6798 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6799 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6800 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6801 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6802 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6804 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6808 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6809 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6810 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6811 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6815 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6817 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6820 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6821 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6822 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6823 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6826 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6827 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6828 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6830 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6833 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6834 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6838 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6840 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6842 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6843 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6845 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6846 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6848 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6849 context = NULL_TREE;
6854 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6857 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6859 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6863 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6864 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6865 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6868 static inline enum dw_val_class
6869 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6871 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6874 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6877 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6881 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6882 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6883 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6884 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6887 static inline unsigned
6888 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6890 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6891 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6894 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6897 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6901 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6902 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6903 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6904 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6907 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6908 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6910 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6911 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6914 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6917 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6918 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6922 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6923 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6924 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6925 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6928 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6929 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6931 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6932 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6935 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6938 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6939 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6943 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6944 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6945 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6946 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6947 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6950 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6953 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6954 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6958 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6959 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6960 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6961 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6962 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6963 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6966 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6969 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6970 unsigned char data8[8])
6974 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6975 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6976 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6977 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6980 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6983 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6985 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6989 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6991 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
6992 (const char *)x2) == 0;
6995 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
6997 static struct indirect_string_node *
6998 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7000 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7003 if (! debug_str_hash)
7004 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7005 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7007 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7008 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7011 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7012 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7013 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7017 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7023 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7026 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7029 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7031 node = find_AT_string (str);
7033 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7034 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7035 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7036 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7039 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7040 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7043 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7050 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7051 ++dw2_string_counter;
7052 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7055 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7056 debug string STR. */
7059 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7061 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7063 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7065 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7067 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7070 static inline const char *
7071 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7073 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7074 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7077 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7078 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7080 static enum dwarf_form
7081 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7083 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7086 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7088 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7092 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7094 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7095 always better to put it inline. */
7096 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7097 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7099 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7100 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7102 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7103 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7104 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7105 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7107 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7109 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7112 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7115 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7119 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7120 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7121 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7122 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7123 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7126 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7127 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7130 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7132 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7133 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7134 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7137 static inline dw_die_ref
7138 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7140 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7141 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7145 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7147 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7148 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7154 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7156 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7157 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7160 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7163 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7167 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7168 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7169 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7170 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7173 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7176 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7180 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7181 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7182 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7183 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7186 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7187 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7189 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7190 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7194 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7198 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7199 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7200 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7201 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7202 have_location_lists = true;
7205 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7206 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7208 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7209 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7212 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7215 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7219 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7220 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7221 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7222 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7225 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7228 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7230 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7231 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7234 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7237 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7238 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7242 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7243 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7244 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7245 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7248 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7250 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7251 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7253 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7254 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7257 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7260 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7264 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7265 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7266 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7267 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7270 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7271 debug_line section. */
7274 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7279 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7280 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7281 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7282 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7285 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7286 debug_macinfo section. */
7289 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7294 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7295 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7296 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7297 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7300 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7303 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7304 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7308 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7309 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7310 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7311 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7314 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7317 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7318 long unsigned int offset)
7322 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7323 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7324 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7325 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7328 static inline const char *
7329 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7331 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7332 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7333 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7334 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7337 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7340 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7344 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7349 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7350 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7352 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7353 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7357 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7362 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7363 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7364 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7366 static inline const char *
7367 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7369 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7371 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7374 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7375 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7376 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7378 static inline const char *
7379 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7381 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7383 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7386 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7387 NULL if it is not present. */
7389 static inline const char *
7390 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7392 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7394 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7397 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7398 if it is not present. */
7401 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7403 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7405 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7408 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7409 if it is not present. */
7411 static inline unsigned
7412 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7414 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7416 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7419 static inline dw_die_ref
7420 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7422 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7424 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7427 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7428 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7430 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7432 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7435 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7440 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7442 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
7443 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
7444 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
7447 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7452 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7454 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7457 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7462 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7464 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7465 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7466 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7469 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7474 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7476 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
7479 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7484 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7486 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7489 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7492 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7500 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7501 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7503 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7504 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7505 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7507 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7509 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7514 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7515 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7518 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7520 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7521 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7524 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7528 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7529 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7530 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7533 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7534 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7537 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7539 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7541 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7542 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7544 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7545 if (prev == old_child)
7547 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7548 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7552 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7553 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7555 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7556 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7559 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7562 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7565 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7566 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7567 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7570 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7574 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7580 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7582 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7584 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7585 /* Might have removed every child. */
7586 if (c == c->die_sib)
7590 } while (c != die->die_child);
7593 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7596 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7598 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7599 if (! die || ! child_die)
7601 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7603 child_die->die_parent = die;
7606 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7607 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7610 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7611 die->die_child = child_die;
7614 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7615 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7616 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7619 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7623 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7624 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7625 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7627 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7633 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7634 || (child->die_parent
7635 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7637 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7638 if (p->die_sib == child)
7640 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7644 add_child_die (parent, child);
7647 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7649 static inline dw_die_ref
7650 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7652 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7654 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7656 if (parent_die != NULL)
7657 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7660 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7662 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7663 limbo_node->die = die;
7664 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7665 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7666 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7672 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7674 static inline dw_die_ref
7675 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7677 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7680 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7683 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7685 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7688 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7691 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7693 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7696 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7699 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7701 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7704 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7706 static inline dw_die_ref
7707 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7709 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7712 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7715 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7717 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7720 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7724 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7726 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7729 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7731 static inline var_loc_list *
7732 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7734 if (!decl_loc_table)
7736 return (var_loc_list *)
7737 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7740 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7743 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7745 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7748 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7750 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7753 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7756 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
7758 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7762 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7765 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7766 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7770 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7774 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7775 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7776 we have nothing to do. */
7777 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7778 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
7779 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7780 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note))
7781 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7782 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7783 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note)
7784 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7786 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7787 temp->last->next = loc;
7791 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
7792 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
7799 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7800 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7801 the DIE internal representation. */
7802 static int print_indent;
7804 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7807 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7809 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7812 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7815 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7819 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7820 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7823 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7824 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7827 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7833 print_spaces (outfile);
7834 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7835 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7836 print_spaces (outfile);
7837 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7838 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7839 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7841 print_spaces (outfile);
7842 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7843 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7844 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7847 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7849 print_spaces (outfile);
7850 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7852 switch (AT_class (a))
7854 case dw_val_class_addr:
7855 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7857 case dw_val_class_offset:
7858 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7860 case dw_val_class_loc:
7861 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7863 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7864 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7865 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7867 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7868 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7870 case dw_val_class_const:
7871 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7873 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7874 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7876 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7877 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7878 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7879 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7880 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7882 case dw_val_class_vec:
7883 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7885 case dw_val_class_flag:
7886 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7888 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7889 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7891 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7893 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7894 print_signature (outfile,
7895 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7897 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7898 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7899 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7901 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7904 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7906 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7907 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7908 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7909 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7911 case dw_val_class_str:
7912 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7913 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7915 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7917 case dw_val_class_file:
7918 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7919 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7921 case dw_val_class_data8:
7925 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7926 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7933 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7936 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7939 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7942 if (print_indent == 0)
7943 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7946 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7947 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7950 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7953 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7955 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7956 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7958 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7959 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7960 line_info->dw_file_num,
7961 line_info->dw_line_num);
7964 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7967 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7970 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7972 print_die (die, stderr);
7975 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7976 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7982 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7983 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7984 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
7987 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
7988 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
7989 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
7992 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
7994 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
7995 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
7997 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8001 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8004 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8006 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8008 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8012 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8013 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8015 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8018 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8022 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8024 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8025 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8028 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8031 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8033 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8036 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8038 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8039 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8040 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8043 switch (AT_class (at))
8045 case dw_val_class_const:
8046 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8048 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8049 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8051 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8052 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8054 case dw_val_class_vec:
8055 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8057 case dw_val_class_flag:
8058 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8060 case dw_val_class_str:
8061 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8064 case dw_val_class_addr:
8066 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8067 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8070 case dw_val_class_offset:
8071 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8074 case dw_val_class_loc:
8075 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8076 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8079 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8080 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8083 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8084 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8085 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8086 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8089 case dw_val_class_file:
8090 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8093 case dw_val_class_data8:
8094 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8102 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8105 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8111 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8114 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8117 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8119 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8121 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8122 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8124 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8128 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8130 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8131 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8132 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8133 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8134 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8135 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8136 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8138 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8141 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8148 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8150 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8151 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8160 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8163 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8167 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8170 /* More bytes to follow. */
8178 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8179 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8182 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8186 int tag = die->die_tag;
8188 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8189 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8190 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8193 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8195 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8199 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8200 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8202 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8203 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8205 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8208 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8211 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8213 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8214 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8215 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8218 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8222 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8225 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8226 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8227 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8228 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8232 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8235 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8236 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8238 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8241 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8243 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8245 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8246 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8247 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8248 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8249 is complete or not. */
8250 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8251 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8252 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8253 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8254 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8255 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8257 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8259 if (name_attr != NULL)
8261 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8265 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8266 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8267 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8268 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8269 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8270 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8275 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8276 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8277 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8278 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8280 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8281 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8282 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8286 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8290 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8291 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8292 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8293 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8294 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8295 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8300 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8301 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8303 switch (AT_class (at))
8305 case dw_val_class_const:
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8307 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8310 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8311 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8312 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8315 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8316 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8317 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8318 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8321 case dw_val_class_vec:
8322 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8323 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8324 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8327 case dw_val_class_flag:
8328 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8329 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8332 case dw_val_class_str:
8333 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8334 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8337 case dw_val_class_addr:
8339 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8340 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8341 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8344 case dw_val_class_offset:
8345 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8346 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8349 case dw_val_class_loc:
8350 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8351 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8354 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8355 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8356 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8357 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8360 case dw_val_class_file:
8361 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8362 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8365 case dw_val_class_data8:
8366 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8374 struct checksum_attributes
8376 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8377 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8378 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8379 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8380 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8381 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8382 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8383 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8384 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8385 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8386 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8387 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8388 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8389 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8425 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8428 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8433 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8444 attrs->at_friend = a;
8446 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8447 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8449 case DW_AT_address_class:
8450 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8452 case DW_AT_allocated:
8453 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8455 case DW_AT_artificial:
8456 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8458 case DW_AT_associated:
8459 attrs->at_associated = a;
8461 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8462 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8464 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8465 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8467 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8468 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8470 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8471 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8473 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8474 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8476 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8477 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8479 case DW_AT_const_value:
8480 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8482 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8483 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8486 attrs->at_count = a;
8488 case DW_AT_data_location:
8489 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8491 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8492 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8494 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8495 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8497 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8498 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8500 case DW_AT_default_value:
8501 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8503 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8504 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8507 attrs->at_discr = a;
8509 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8510 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8512 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8513 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8515 case DW_AT_encoding:
8516 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8518 case DW_AT_endianity:
8519 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8521 case DW_AT_explicit:
8522 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8524 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8525 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8527 case DW_AT_location:
8528 attrs->at_location = a;
8530 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8531 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8534 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8536 case DW_AT_ordering:
8537 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8539 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8540 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8542 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8543 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8546 attrs->at_small = a;
8549 attrs->at_segment = a;
8551 case DW_AT_string_length:
8552 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8554 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8555 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8557 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8558 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8560 case DW_AT_use_location:
8561 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8563 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8564 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8566 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8567 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8569 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8570 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8572 case DW_AT_visibility:
8573 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8575 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8576 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8584 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8587 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8591 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8593 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8594 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8596 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8598 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8600 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8601 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8603 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8604 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8605 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8606 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8607 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8608 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8609 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8610 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8611 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8612 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8613 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8614 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8615 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8651 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8654 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8657 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8658 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8659 && name_attr != NULL)
8661 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8662 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8663 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8667 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8668 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8670 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8672 } while (c != die->die_child);
8674 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8678 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8679 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8680 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8681 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8683 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8684 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8685 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8686 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8687 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8688 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8689 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8692 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8696 unsigned char checksum[16];
8700 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8701 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8703 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8704 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8705 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8707 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8709 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8711 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8712 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8713 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8715 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8716 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8717 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8719 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8722 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8724 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8726 die->die_mark = mark;
8728 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8729 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8730 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8732 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8733 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8734 unmark_all_dies (die);
8735 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8737 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8738 type node together. */
8739 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8740 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8741 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8742 type_node->type_die = die;
8744 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8747 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8750 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8752 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8754 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8755 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8756 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8759 /* Do the values look the same? */
8761 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8763 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8766 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8769 switch (v1->val_class)
8771 case dw_val_class_const:
8772 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8773 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8774 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8775 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8776 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8777 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8778 case dw_val_class_vec:
8779 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8780 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8782 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8783 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8786 case dw_val_class_flag:
8787 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8788 case dw_val_class_str:
8789 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8791 case dw_val_class_addr:
8792 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8793 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8794 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8796 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8798 case dw_val_class_offset:
8799 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8801 case dw_val_class_loc:
8802 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8804 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8805 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8807 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8809 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8810 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8812 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8813 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8814 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8815 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8818 case dw_val_class_file:
8819 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8821 case dw_val_class_data8:
8822 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8829 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8832 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8834 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8837 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8838 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8839 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8842 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8845 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8848 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8854 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8856 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8857 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8859 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8862 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8863 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8866 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8867 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8870 c1 = die1->die_child;
8871 c2 = die2->die_child;
8880 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8884 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8886 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8896 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8899 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8902 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8904 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8905 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8910 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8912 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8914 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8915 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8917 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8918 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8921 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8923 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8924 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8925 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8928 unsigned char checksum[16];
8931 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8932 the name filename of the unit. */
8934 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8936 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8937 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8938 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8940 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8941 clean_symbol_name (name);
8943 p = name + strlen (name);
8944 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8946 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8950 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8951 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8954 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8957 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8959 switch (die->die_tag)
8961 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8962 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8963 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8964 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8965 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8966 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8967 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8968 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8969 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8970 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8971 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8972 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8973 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8974 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8975 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_typedef:
8986 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
8987 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
8988 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
8989 compilations (functions). */
8992 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
8994 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
8995 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
8996 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
8997 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
8999 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9002 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9003 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9004 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9005 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9007 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9009 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9012 return is_type_die (c);
9015 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9016 compilation unit. */
9019 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9021 return (is_type_die (c)
9022 || is_declaration_die (c)
9023 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9024 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9028 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9032 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9033 return xstrdup (buf);
9036 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9039 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9043 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9045 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9047 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9049 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9050 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9051 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9054 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9057 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9060 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9063 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9064 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9067 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9069 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9071 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9072 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9074 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9078 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9080 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9081 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9082 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9084 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9088 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9090 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9091 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9101 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9104 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9106 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9107 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9109 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9111 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9112 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9116 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9118 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9124 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9128 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9130 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9131 entry->next = *slot;
9137 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9139 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9141 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9143 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9144 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9148 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9151 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9152 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9153 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9156 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9159 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9160 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9161 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9165 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9167 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9168 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9170 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9172 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9173 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9175 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9176 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9177 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9178 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9180 add_child_die (unit, c);
9182 if (c == die->die_child)
9185 } while (c != die->die_child);
9188 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9189 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9193 assign_symbol_names (die);
9194 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9195 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9201 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9202 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9203 &comdat_symbol_number);
9204 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9206 *pnode = node->next;
9209 pnode = &node->next;
9210 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9211 comdat_symbol_number);
9214 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9217 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9220 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9225 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9226 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9232 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9233 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9236 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9238 switch (die->die_tag)
9240 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9241 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9242 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9243 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9244 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9245 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9248 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9249 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9250 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9251 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9252 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9253 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9254 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9258 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9259 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9260 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9261 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9262 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9268 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9271 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9277 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9278 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9280 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9281 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9286 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9289 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9292 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9294 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9299 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9302 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9309 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9310 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9311 return clone_die (die);
9313 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9314 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9316 return clone_die (decl);
9318 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9319 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9321 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9323 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9324 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9325 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9329 case DW_AT_artificial:
9330 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9331 case DW_AT_external:
9334 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9335 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9336 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9338 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9344 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9345 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9347 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9351 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9352 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9353 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9354 attached to the specification. */
9357 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9360 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9362 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9371 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9372 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9373 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9375 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9377 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9379 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9380 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9381 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9382 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9385 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9388 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9389 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9390 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9392 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9393 if (new_decl != NULL)
9395 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9396 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9401 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9402 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9405 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9407 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9410 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9412 if (node->parent != NULL)
9414 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9415 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9419 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9420 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9421 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9424 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9426 skeleton_chain_node node;
9429 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9430 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9432 node.parent = parent;
9434 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9438 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9441 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9443 node.new_die = NULL;
9444 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9446 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9447 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9448 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9449 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9450 move_all_children (c, clone);
9452 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9453 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9454 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9458 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9459 } while (next != NULL);
9462 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9465 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9467 skeleton_chain_node node;
9470 node.new_die = NULL;
9473 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9474 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9475 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9476 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9478 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9479 return node.new_die;
9482 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9483 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9484 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9485 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9486 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9487 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9490 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9492 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9494 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9495 if (skeleton == NULL)
9496 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9499 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9500 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9506 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9507 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9510 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9514 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9515 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9516 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9518 first = c = die->die_child;
9522 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9525 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9526 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9528 dw_die_ref replacement;
9529 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9531 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9532 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9533 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9534 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9535 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9536 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9537 type_node->root_die = unit;
9538 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9539 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9541 /* Generate the type signature. */
9542 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9544 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9545 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9546 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9548 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9549 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9551 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9552 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9554 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9555 add_child_die (unit, c);
9557 if (replacement != NULL)
9560 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9561 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9562 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9563 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9565 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9566 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9568 } while (next != NULL);
9571 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9573 struct decl_table_entry
9579 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9582 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9584 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9585 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9587 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9591 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9593 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9594 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9595 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9597 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9601 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9603 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9608 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9609 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9610 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9611 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9614 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9616 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9617 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9620 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9624 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9625 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9626 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9627 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9629 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9633 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9634 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9642 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9645 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9646 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9647 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9650 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9651 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9653 if (decl_table != NULL)
9655 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9657 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9664 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9665 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9669 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9675 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9677 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9679 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9680 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9682 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9684 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9687 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9688 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9690 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9692 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9693 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9694 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9695 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9699 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9700 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9702 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9706 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9707 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9708 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9709 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9710 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9715 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9716 into the new type unit. */
9717 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9718 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9719 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9720 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9723 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9724 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9726 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9727 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9728 get visited otherwise. */
9730 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9735 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9738 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9739 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9740 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9741 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9742 don't have an external reference. */
9745 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9750 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9751 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9752 htab_delete (decl_table);
9756 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9757 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9758 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9761 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9765 if (! die->die_child)
9768 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9769 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9771 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9774 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9777 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9783 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9784 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9785 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9787 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9790 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9791 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9792 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9793 die are visited recursively. */
9796 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9798 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9799 unsigned int n_alloc;
9804 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9805 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9806 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9807 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9808 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9810 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9811 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9814 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9816 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9817 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9821 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9823 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9826 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9827 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9830 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9832 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9833 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9834 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9844 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9846 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9848 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9849 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9852 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9853 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9854 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9857 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9858 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9861 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9862 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9865 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9868 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9875 log = floor_log2 (value);
9878 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9883 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9884 .debug_info section. */
9886 static unsigned long
9887 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9889 unsigned long size = 0;
9893 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9894 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9896 switch (AT_class (a))
9898 case dw_val_class_addr:
9899 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9901 case dw_val_class_offset:
9902 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9904 case dw_val_class_loc:
9906 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9909 size += constant_size (lsize);
9913 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9914 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9916 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9917 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9919 case dw_val_class_const:
9920 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9922 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9923 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9925 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9926 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9927 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9930 case dw_val_class_vec:
9931 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9932 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9933 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9934 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9936 case dw_val_class_flag:
9939 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9940 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9942 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9943 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9944 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9945 it's always sized as an offset. */
9946 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9947 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9948 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9949 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9951 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9954 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9956 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9957 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9959 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9960 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9962 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9963 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9964 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9966 case dw_val_class_str:
9967 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9968 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9970 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9972 case dw_val_class_file:
9973 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9975 case dw_val_class_data8:
9986 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
9987 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
9988 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
9989 die_offset field in each DIE. */
9992 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
9996 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
9997 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
9999 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10001 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10002 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10003 next_die_offset += 1;
10006 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10007 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10008 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10009 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10012 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10016 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10019 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10022 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10025 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10029 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10030 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10033 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10036 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10039 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10045 if (!die->die_mark)
10049 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10051 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10052 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10053 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10056 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10057 generated for the compilation unit. */
10059 static unsigned long
10060 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10062 unsigned long size;
10066 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10067 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10068 if (names != pubtype_table
10069 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10070 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10071 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10073 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10077 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10079 static unsigned long
10080 size_of_aranges (void)
10082 unsigned long size;
10084 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10086 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10087 if (text_section_used)
10088 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10089 if (cold_text_section_used)
10090 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10091 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10093 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10094 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10098 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10100 static enum dwarf_form
10101 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10103 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10105 case dw_val_class_addr:
10106 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10107 switch (a->dw_attr)
10110 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10111 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10112 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10113 return DW_FORM_addr;
10117 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10120 return DW_FORM_data1;
10122 return DW_FORM_data2;
10124 return DW_FORM_data4;
10126 return DW_FORM_data8;
10128 gcc_unreachable ();
10130 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10131 case dw_val_class_offset:
10132 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10133 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10136 return DW_FORM_data4;
10138 return DW_FORM_data8;
10140 gcc_unreachable ();
10142 case dw_val_class_loc:
10143 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10146 return DW_FORM_block1;
10148 return DW_FORM_block2;
10150 gcc_unreachable ();
10152 case dw_val_class_const:
10153 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10154 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10155 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10158 return DW_FORM_data1;
10160 return DW_FORM_data2;
10162 return DW_FORM_data4;
10164 return DW_FORM_data8;
10166 gcc_unreachable ();
10168 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10169 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10172 return DW_FORM_data2;
10174 return DW_FORM_data4;
10176 return DW_FORM_data8;
10179 return DW_FORM_block1;
10181 case dw_val_class_vec:
10182 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10183 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10186 return DW_FORM_block1;
10188 return DW_FORM_block2;
10190 return DW_FORM_block4;
10192 gcc_unreachable ();
10194 case dw_val_class_flag:
10195 return DW_FORM_flag;
10196 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10197 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10198 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10200 return DW_FORM_ref;
10201 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10202 return DW_FORM_data;
10203 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10204 return DW_FORM_addr;
10205 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10206 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10207 return DW_FORM_data;
10208 case dw_val_class_str:
10209 return AT_string_form (a);
10210 case dw_val_class_file:
10211 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10214 return DW_FORM_data1;
10216 return DW_FORM_data2;
10218 return DW_FORM_data4;
10220 gcc_unreachable ();
10223 case dw_val_class_data8:
10224 return DW_FORM_data8;
10227 gcc_unreachable ();
10231 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10234 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10236 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10238 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10241 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10245 output_abbrev_section (void)
10247 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10249 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10251 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10253 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10255 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10256 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10257 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10259 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10260 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10262 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10264 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10267 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10268 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10269 output_value_format (a_attr);
10272 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10276 /* Terminate the table. */
10277 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10280 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10283 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10285 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10290 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10291 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10292 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10294 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10296 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10299 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10300 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
10301 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
10303 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10304 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10305 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
10307 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10309 retlist->begin = begin;
10310 retlist->end = end;
10311 retlist->expr = expr;
10312 retlist->section = section;
10314 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10319 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
10322 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
10323 const char *begin, const char *end,
10324 const char *section)
10326 dw_loc_list_ref *d;
10328 /* Find the end of the chain. */
10329 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
10332 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
10333 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
10336 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10339 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10341 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10343 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10345 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10346 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10348 unsigned long size;
10349 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10350 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10352 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10354 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10355 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10356 list_head->ll_symbol);
10357 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10358 "Location list end address (%s)",
10359 list_head->ll_symbol);
10363 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10364 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10365 list_head->ll_symbol);
10366 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10367 "Location list end address (%s)",
10368 list_head->ll_symbol);
10370 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10372 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10373 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10374 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10376 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10379 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10380 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10381 list_head->ll_symbol);
10382 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10383 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10384 list_head->ll_symbol);
10387 /* Output a type signature. */
10390 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10394 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10395 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10398 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10399 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10402 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10406 unsigned long size;
10409 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10410 them to point to. */
10411 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10412 output_die_symbol (die);
10414 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10415 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10416 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10418 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10420 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10422 switch (AT_class (a))
10424 case dw_val_class_addr:
10425 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10428 case dw_val_class_offset:
10429 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10433 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10435 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10437 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10438 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10439 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10440 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10445 case dw_val_class_loc:
10446 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10448 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10449 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10451 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10454 case dw_val_class_const:
10455 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10456 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10457 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10458 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10461 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10462 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10463 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10466 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10468 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10470 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10471 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10472 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10473 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10476 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10478 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10479 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10483 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10484 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10487 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10489 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10494 case dw_val_class_vec:
10496 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10497 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10501 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10502 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10503 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10508 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10510 i++, p += elt_size)
10511 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10512 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10516 case dw_val_class_flag:
10517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10520 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10522 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10525 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10530 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10531 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10533 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10535 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10536 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10538 gcc_assert (type_node);
10539 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10543 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10547 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10548 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10550 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10551 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10553 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10554 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10560 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10561 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10566 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10570 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10571 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10572 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10577 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10578 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10581 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10582 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10583 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10586 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10587 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10588 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10591 case dw_val_class_str:
10592 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10593 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10594 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10596 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10598 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10601 case dw_val_class_file:
10603 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10605 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10606 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10610 case dw_val_class_data8:
10614 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10616 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10621 gcc_unreachable ();
10625 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10627 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10628 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10629 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10630 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10633 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10634 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10637 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10639 int ver = dwarf_version;
10641 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10642 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10643 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10646 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10647 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10648 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10649 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10650 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10651 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10652 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10653 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10654 debug_abbrev_section,
10655 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10659 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10662 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10664 const char *secname;
10665 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10667 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10668 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10671 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10672 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10673 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10674 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10675 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10678 build_abbrev_table (die);
10680 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10681 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10682 calc_die_sizes (die);
10684 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10687 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10689 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10691 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10692 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10695 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10697 /* Output debugging information. */
10698 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10701 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10702 output_pubnames. */
10706 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10710 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10713 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10715 const char *secname;
10718 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10722 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10723 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10725 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10727 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10728 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10729 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10731 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10732 secname = ".debug_types";
10733 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10734 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10735 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10736 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10737 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10738 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10739 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10742 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10743 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10744 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10745 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10747 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10750 /* Output debugging information. */
10751 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10752 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10753 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10754 "Offset to Type DIE");
10755 output_die (node->root_die);
10757 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10760 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10762 static const char *
10763 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10765 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10768 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10771 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10776 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10777 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10781 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10783 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10785 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10787 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10791 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10794 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10799 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10800 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10801 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10806 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10808 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10809 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10810 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10811 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10812 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10814 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10819 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10821 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10824 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10825 it to the table. */
10826 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10827 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10831 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10832 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10835 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10838 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10841 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10842 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10843 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10844 if (names == pubname_table)
10845 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10846 "Length of Public Names Info");
10848 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10849 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10850 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10851 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10852 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10853 debug_info_section,
10854 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10855 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10856 "Compilation Unit Length");
10858 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10860 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10861 if (names == pubname_table)
10862 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10864 if (names != pubtype_table
10865 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10866 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10868 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10871 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10875 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10878 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10881 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10883 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10886 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10888 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10889 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10890 arange_table_allocated);
10891 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10892 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10895 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10898 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10899 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10900 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10903 output_aranges (void)
10906 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10908 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10909 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10910 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10911 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10912 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10913 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10914 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10915 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10916 debug_info_section,
10917 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10919 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10921 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10922 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10924 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10926 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10927 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10928 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10932 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10933 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10934 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10935 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10936 confused with the terminator. */
10937 if (text_section_used)
10939 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10940 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10941 text_section_label, "Length");
10943 if (cold_text_section_used)
10945 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10947 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10948 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10951 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10953 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10955 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10956 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10958 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10960 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10962 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10963 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
10967 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10968 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10969 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10970 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
10971 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10973 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
10976 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
10978 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10979 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
10980 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10981 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
10986 /* Output the terminator words. */
10987 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10988 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10991 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10994 static unsigned int
10995 add_ranges_num (int num)
10997 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
10999 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11001 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11002 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11003 ranges_table_allocated);
11004 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11005 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11008 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11009 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11011 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11014 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11015 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11017 static unsigned int
11018 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11020 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11023 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11026 static unsigned int
11027 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin, const char *end)
11029 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11031 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11033 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11034 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11036 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11037 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11038 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11039 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11042 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11043 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11044 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11046 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11050 output_ranges (void)
11053 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11054 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11056 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11058 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11062 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11063 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11065 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11068 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11069 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11070 base of the text section. */
11071 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11073 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11074 text_section_label,
11075 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11076 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11077 text_section_label, NULL);
11080 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11081 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11082 about whether the target supports cross-section
11086 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11087 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11088 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11094 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11095 else if (block_num < 0)
11097 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11099 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11101 gcc_unreachable ();
11103 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11104 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11105 the #if 0 above. */
11106 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11107 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11108 text_section_label,
11109 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11110 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11111 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11112 text_section_label, NULL);
11117 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11118 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11119 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11120 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11121 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11127 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11128 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11134 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11137 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11138 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11139 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11140 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11141 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11144 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11148 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11149 int length; /* Path length. */
11150 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11151 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11152 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11155 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11156 the directories in the path. */
11159 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11161 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11162 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11163 const unsigned char *cp1;
11164 const unsigned char *cp2;
11166 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11167 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11168 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11169 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11170 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11171 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11172 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11174 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11175 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11181 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11182 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11183 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11184 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11185 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11187 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11188 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11189 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11193 struct file_name_acquire_data
11195 struct file_info *files;
11200 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11203 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11205 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11206 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11207 struct file_info *fi;
11210 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11212 if (! d->emitted_number)
11215 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11217 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11219 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11221 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11224 /* Create a new array entry. */
11226 fi->length = strlen (f);
11229 /* Search for the file name part. */
11230 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11231 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11233 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11237 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11243 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11247 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11248 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11249 slowdowns with many input files. */
11252 output_file_names (void)
11254 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11256 struct file_info *files;
11257 struct dir_info *dirs;
11265 if (!last_emitted_file)
11267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11268 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11272 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11274 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11275 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11276 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11278 fnad.files = files;
11279 fnad.used_files = 0;
11280 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11281 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11282 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11284 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11286 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11287 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11288 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11289 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11291 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11292 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11295 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11296 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11297 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11298 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11300 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11301 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11302 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11308 /* This is a new directory. */
11309 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11310 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11311 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11312 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11313 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11315 /* Search for a prefix. */
11316 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11317 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11318 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11319 && dirs[j].length > 1
11320 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11321 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11322 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11323 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11328 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11329 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11330 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11331 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11332 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11333 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11334 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11335 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11337 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11338 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11343 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11344 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11345 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11346 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11348 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11351 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11353 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11357 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11358 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11359 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11363 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11364 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11366 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11367 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11372 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11374 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11376 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11377 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11378 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11380 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11381 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11383 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11384 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11389 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11390 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11391 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11392 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11394 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11395 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11397 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11399 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11400 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11401 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11402 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11403 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11404 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11406 /* Now write all the file names. */
11407 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11409 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11410 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11412 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11413 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11415 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11416 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11421 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11422 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11423 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11424 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11426 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11427 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11428 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11430 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11431 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11433 /* Include directory index. */
11434 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11436 /* Modification time. */
11437 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11438 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11442 /* File length in bytes. */
11443 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11444 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11448 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11449 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11451 /* Include directory index. */
11452 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11454 /* Modification time. */
11455 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11457 /* File length in bytes. */
11458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11462 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11466 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11467 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11470 output_line_info (void)
11472 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11473 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11474 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11476 unsigned n_op_args;
11477 unsigned long lt_index;
11478 unsigned long current_line;
11481 unsigned long current_file;
11482 unsigned long function;
11483 int ver = dwarf_version;
11485 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11486 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11487 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11491 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11492 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11493 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11494 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11496 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11497 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11498 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11499 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11500 "Length of Source Line Info");
11501 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11503 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11504 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11505 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11507 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11508 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11509 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11510 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11511 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11512 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11513 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11514 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11515 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11516 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11518 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11519 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11521 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11522 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11523 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11524 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11525 "Special Opcode Base");
11527 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11531 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11532 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11533 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11534 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11535 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11543 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11547 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11548 output_file_names ();
11549 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11551 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11552 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11553 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11555 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11556 a series of state machine operations. */
11560 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11561 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11563 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11564 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11566 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11569 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11570 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11573 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11574 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11575 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11576 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11577 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11581 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11583 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11584 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11585 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11586 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11587 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11588 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11593 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11594 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11595 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11596 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11600 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11601 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11603 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11604 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11605 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11608 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11610 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11611 different from the previous line. */
11612 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11614 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11616 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11619 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11620 that uses the least amount of space. */
11621 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11623 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11624 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11625 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11626 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11627 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11628 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11631 "line %lu", current_line);
11634 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11635 depending on the value being encoded. */
11636 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11637 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11638 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11643 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11644 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11647 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11651 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11652 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11657 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11658 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11659 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11662 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11663 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11664 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11669 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11671 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11672 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11675 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11676 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11677 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11678 && line_info->function == function)
11682 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11683 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11684 to handle it differently. */
11685 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11687 if (function != line_info->function)
11689 function = line_info->function;
11691 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11693 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11694 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11695 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11699 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11702 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11703 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11704 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11708 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11709 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11710 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11711 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11715 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11717 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11718 different from the previous line. */
11719 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11721 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11723 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11726 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11727 that uses the least amount of space. */
11728 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11730 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11731 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11732 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11733 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11734 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11735 "line %lu", current_line);
11738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11739 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11740 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11753 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11754 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11755 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11760 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11761 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11765 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11766 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11770 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11771 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11772 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11773 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11776 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11778 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11783 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11784 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11787 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11789 static unsigned long
11790 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11792 unsigned long size;
11795 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11797 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11798 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11800 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11801 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11803 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11804 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11805 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11807 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11808 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11809 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11811 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11812 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11814 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11820 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11821 identical function have been merged. */
11824 output_dcall_table (void)
11827 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11829 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11830 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11832 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11833 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11834 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11835 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11836 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11837 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11838 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11839 debug_info_section,
11840 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11841 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11843 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11845 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11846 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11848 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11849 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11852 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11853 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11854 "Caller DIE offset");
11857 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11858 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11859 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11860 "Callee DIE offset");
11864 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11866 static unsigned long
11867 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11869 unsigned long size;
11873 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11876 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11877 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11878 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11883 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11884 identical function have been merged. */
11887 output_vcall_table (void)
11890 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11892 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11894 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11895 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11896 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11897 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11898 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11899 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11902 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11904 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11905 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11906 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11910 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11911 a DIE that describes the given type.
11913 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11914 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11917 base_type_die (tree type)
11919 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11920 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11922 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11925 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11926 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11927 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11928 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11930 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11933 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11935 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11936 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11938 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11940 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11941 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11943 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11947 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11949 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11950 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11952 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11955 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11958 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11959 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11960 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11961 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11962 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
11964 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
11967 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11968 a user defined type for it. */
11970 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
11971 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
11973 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11977 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11978 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
11982 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11983 gcc_unreachable ();
11986 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
11988 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
11989 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
11990 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
11992 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
11993 int_size_in_bytes (type));
11994 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
11996 return base_type_result;
11999 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12000 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12003 is_base_type (tree type)
12005 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12011 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12019 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12020 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12021 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12024 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12031 gcc_unreachable ();
12037 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12038 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12039 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12040 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12041 ERROR_MARK node. */
12043 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12044 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12046 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12047 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12048 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12050 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12051 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12053 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12056 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12057 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12060 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12062 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12063 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12065 if (context_die == NULL)
12066 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12068 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12070 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12072 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12073 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12074 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12078 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12080 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12082 return subrange_die;
12085 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12086 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12089 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12090 dw_die_ref context_die)
12092 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12093 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12094 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12095 tree item_type = NULL;
12096 tree qualified_type;
12097 tree name, low, high;
12099 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12102 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12105 = get_qualified_type (type,
12106 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12107 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12109 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12110 if (qualified_type)
12112 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12114 return mod_type_die;
12117 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12119 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12120 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12122 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12124 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12126 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12127 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12128 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12130 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12131 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12132 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12133 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12134 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12135 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12136 type to which it refers. */
12137 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12138 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12140 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12145 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12146 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12148 else if (is_volatile_type)
12150 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12151 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12153 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12155 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12156 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12157 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12158 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12159 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12160 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12161 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12163 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12165 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12166 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12167 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12168 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12169 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12170 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12171 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12173 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12174 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12175 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12177 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12178 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12180 else if (is_base_type (type))
12181 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12184 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12186 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12187 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12188 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12189 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12190 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12192 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12193 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12195 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12196 not the main variant. */
12197 return lookup_type_die (type);
12200 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12201 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12202 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12203 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12204 if the base type already has the same name. */
12206 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12207 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12208 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12209 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12210 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12211 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12213 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12214 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12215 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12216 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12217 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12218 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12221 if (qualified_type)
12222 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12225 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12226 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12227 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12228 types are possible in Ada. */
12229 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12230 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12231 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12234 if (sub_die != NULL)
12235 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12237 return mod_type_die;
12240 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12241 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12242 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12245 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12249 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12251 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12255 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12256 else if (DECL_P (t))
12257 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12261 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12263 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12264 or function. End of story. */
12267 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12268 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12269 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12271 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12273 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12274 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12275 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12276 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12278 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12280 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12281 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12282 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12283 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12284 an argument pack. */
12285 if (arg_pack_elems)
12286 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12290 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12291 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12296 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12297 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12298 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12299 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12300 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12302 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12303 as a child node. */
12306 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12308 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12310 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12311 const char *name = NULL;
12313 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12316 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12317 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12318 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12320 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12321 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12322 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12323 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12324 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12325 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12326 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12327 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12328 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12329 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12330 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12331 name of the template template argument. */
12332 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12335 gcc_unreachable ();
12341 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12342 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12343 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12344 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12348 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12350 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12353 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12355 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12356 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12357 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12358 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12359 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12360 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12361 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12362 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12367 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12368 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12369 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12371 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12372 to the name of the argument. */
12373 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12375 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12378 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12379 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12380 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12381 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12383 We must be careful here:
12384 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12385 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12386 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12387 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12388 emitted after cgraph computations.
12389 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12390 after cgraph is ready. */
12391 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12397 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12398 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12399 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12402 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12403 tree parm_pack_args,
12404 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12409 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12411 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12412 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12413 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12414 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12415 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12416 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12421 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12422 an enumerated type. */
12425 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12427 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12430 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12432 static unsigned int
12433 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12435 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12437 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12439 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12440 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12442 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12443 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12444 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12448 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12451 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12452 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12453 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12456 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12458 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12460 if (*list_head != NULL)
12462 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12463 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12466 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12467 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12471 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12472 zero if there is none. */
12474 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12475 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12479 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12482 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12484 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12485 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12487 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12490 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12491 a given hard register number. */
12493 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12494 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12496 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12500 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12502 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12504 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12505 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12507 return reg_loc_descr;
12510 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12511 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12513 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12514 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12515 enum var_init_status initialized)
12517 int nregs, size, i;
12519 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12522 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12523 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12525 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12526 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12527 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12530 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12531 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12533 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12534 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12536 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12541 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12543 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12544 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12545 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12546 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12552 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12554 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12556 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12559 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12561 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12563 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12564 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12565 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12566 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12567 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12570 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12571 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12575 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12577 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12579 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12581 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12582 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12584 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12586 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12587 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12591 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12592 else if (i <= 0xff)
12593 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12594 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12595 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12596 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12597 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12598 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12605 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12606 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12607 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12608 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12609 || i >= -0x80000000)
12610 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12615 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12619 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12620 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12621 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12623 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12624 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12627 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12629 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12636 else if (i <= 0xff)
12638 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12640 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12641 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12644 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12650 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12652 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12653 || i >= -0x80000000)
12656 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12658 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12659 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12660 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12661 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12662 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12663 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12665 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12666 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12667 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12671 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12673 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12674 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12678 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12680 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12681 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12682 enum var_init_status initialized)
12684 unsigned int regno;
12685 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12686 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12688 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12689 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12690 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12691 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12692 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12694 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12698 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12700 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12701 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12703 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12704 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12705 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12706 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12707 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12708 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12710 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12711 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12712 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12713 access stack variables. */
12714 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12715 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12718 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12719 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12720 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12721 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12724 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12725 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12729 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
12730 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12731 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12733 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12734 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
12735 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12738 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12740 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12743 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12745 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12746 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12751 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12754 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12756 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12757 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12758 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12759 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12762 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12765 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12766 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12769 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12771 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12774 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12776 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12777 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12780 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12781 if (loc_result == NULL)
12784 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12785 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12790 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12794 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12796 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12798 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12800 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12803 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12804 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12806 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12810 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12811 or via for_each_rtx. */
12814 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12818 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12821 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12824 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12825 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12826 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12829 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12830 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12835 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12838 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12839 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12840 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12841 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12842 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12843 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12845 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12847 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12849 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12850 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12858 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12859 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12860 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12863 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12865 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12866 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12868 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12869 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12874 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12875 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12876 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12877 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12879 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12880 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12881 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12882 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12884 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12885 autoincrement addressing modes.
12887 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12888 location list for RTL.
12890 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12892 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12893 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12894 enum var_init_status initialized)
12896 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12897 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12898 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12900 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12901 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12902 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12903 zeroth element of the array. */
12905 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12907 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12912 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12915 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12916 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12917 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12918 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12919 contains the given subreg. */
12920 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12922 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12923 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12925 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12927 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
12931 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12932 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12933 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12934 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12935 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12936 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12937 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12938 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12939 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12940 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12941 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12942 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12943 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12944 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12945 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12946 else if (stack_realign_drap
12948 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
12949 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12951 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12952 out, use DRAP instead. */
12953 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
12954 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12960 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
12961 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12966 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12967 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
12968 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
12969 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
12973 mem_loc_result = op0;
12974 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12975 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12976 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12977 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12982 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
12983 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12984 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
12985 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
12986 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
12987 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
12991 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
12993 /* ... fall through ... */
12996 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
12997 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13001 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
13002 by a different symbol. */
13003 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13006 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13008 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
13011 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
13012 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
13017 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13018 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
13019 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
13020 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
13023 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13024 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13029 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13030 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13032 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13034 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13035 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13038 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13039 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13040 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13041 temp->dtprel = true;
13043 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13044 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13049 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13053 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13054 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13055 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13056 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13062 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13063 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13067 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13068 PLUS code below. */
13069 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13074 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13076 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13077 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13078 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13079 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13081 /* ... fall through ... */
13085 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13086 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13087 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13088 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13091 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13092 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13093 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13096 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13097 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13100 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13101 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13102 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13103 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13105 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13106 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13107 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13112 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13113 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13155 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13156 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13157 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13158 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13160 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13163 mem_loc_result = op0;
13164 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13165 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13181 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13182 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13187 mem_loc_result = op0;
13188 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13192 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13220 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13221 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13222 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13225 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13226 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13227 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13228 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13230 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13233 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13235 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13236 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13237 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13238 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13239 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13240 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13241 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13244 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13245 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13250 mem_loc_result = op0;
13251 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13252 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13253 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13255 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13256 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13257 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13278 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13279 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13280 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13283 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13284 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13285 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13286 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13288 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13291 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13293 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13294 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13295 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13296 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13297 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13300 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13301 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13306 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13307 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13308 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13309 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13310 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13311 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13313 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13321 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13322 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13323 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13326 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13327 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13328 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13329 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13331 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13334 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13335 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13336 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13337 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13339 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13341 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13342 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13343 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13344 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13345 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13349 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13350 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13351 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13352 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13355 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13357 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13358 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13359 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13360 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13361 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13362 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13363 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13366 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13370 mem_loc_result = op0;
13371 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13372 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13374 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13376 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13377 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13378 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13379 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13380 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13381 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13382 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13388 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13389 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13390 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13391 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13392 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13393 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13394 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13397 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13398 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13401 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13405 mem_loc_result = op0;
13406 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13407 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13408 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13409 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13411 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13413 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13414 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13416 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13418 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13420 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13421 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13422 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13432 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13433 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13450 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13452 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13455 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13456 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13458 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13469 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13470 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13475 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13479 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13480 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13481 gcc_unreachable ();
13487 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13488 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13490 return mem_loc_result;
13493 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13494 This is typically a complex variable. */
13496 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13497 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13499 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13500 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13501 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13502 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13503 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13505 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13508 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13509 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13511 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13512 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13514 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13515 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13517 return cc_loc_result;
13520 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13523 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13524 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13527 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13528 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13530 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13532 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13533 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13535 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13539 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13540 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13543 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13544 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13546 return cc_loc_result;
13549 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13550 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13551 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13552 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13553 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13555 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13556 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13557 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13559 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13561 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13562 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13563 enum var_init_status initialized)
13565 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13567 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13570 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13571 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13572 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13573 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13574 contains the given subreg. */
13575 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13579 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13584 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13588 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13590 if (loc_result == NULL)
13591 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13595 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13600 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13605 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13607 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), mode,
13612 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13617 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13618 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13619 enum machine_mode mode;
13622 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13623 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13624 VOIDmode, initialized);
13625 if (loc_result == NULL)
13627 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13628 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13629 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13631 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13633 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13634 VOIDmode, initialized);
13637 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13638 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13639 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13645 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13646 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13651 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13653 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13654 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13655 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13656 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13657 if (GET_MODE (rtl) != VOIDmode)
13658 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13660 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13661 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13662 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13664 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13665 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13667 insert_float (rtl, array);
13668 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13669 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13670 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13671 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13675 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13676 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13677 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13678 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13679 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13685 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13687 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13688 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13689 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13693 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13694 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13696 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13697 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13699 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13700 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13702 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13710 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13711 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13715 gcc_unreachable ();
13718 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13719 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13722 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13723 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13725 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13726 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13731 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13732 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13737 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13738 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13740 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13741 insert_float (elt, p);
13746 gcc_unreachable ();
13749 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13750 length * elt_size, 0);
13751 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13752 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13753 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13754 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13759 if (mode == VOIDmode
13760 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13761 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13762 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13764 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13769 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13772 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13773 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13775 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13776 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0);
13777 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13778 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr = rtl;
13779 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13784 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13785 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13786 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13788 /* Value expression. */
13789 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13791 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13792 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13800 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13801 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13802 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13803 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13804 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13805 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13807 static const char *
13808 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13810 const char *secname;
13812 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13814 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13815 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13817 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13819 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13820 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13822 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13823 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13825 secname = text_section_label;
13830 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13833 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
13835 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
13836 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
13837 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
13840 /* Return single element location list containing loc descr REF. */
13842 static dw_loc_list_ref
13843 single_element_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
13845 return new_loc_list (ref, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
13848 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13851 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13852 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
13853 enum var_init_status initialized)
13855 int have_address = 0;
13856 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13857 enum machine_mode mode;
13859 if (want_address != 2)
13861 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
13863 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13865 varloc = XEXP (XEXP (varloc, 1), 0);
13866 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
13867 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13869 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13872 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
13879 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
13886 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
13887 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13889 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13891 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13892 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13895 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13898 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
13899 if (want_address && !have_address)
13901 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13902 "Want address and only have value");
13906 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
13907 if (!want_address && have_address)
13909 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
13910 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13912 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
13914 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
13915 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13918 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13921 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
13923 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
13929 /* Return dwarf representation of location list representing for
13930 LOC_LIST of DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in
13931 loc_list_from_tree function. */
13933 static dw_loc_list_ref
13934 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list * loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
13936 const char *endname, *secname;
13937 dw_loc_list_ref list;
13939 enum var_init_status initialized;
13940 struct var_loc_node *node;
13941 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13942 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13944 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
13945 actually construct the list of locations.
13946 The first location information is what is passed to the
13947 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
13948 locations just get added on to that list.
13949 Note that we only know the start address for a location
13950 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
13951 the range [current location start, next location start].
13952 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
13953 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
13955 node = loc_list->first;
13956 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
13958 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note))
13959 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
13961 initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
13962 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
13963 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
13965 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
13966 list = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
13968 return single_element_loc_list (descr);
13974 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
13975 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
13977 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
13978 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
13979 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
13980 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
13981 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
13982 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, descr,
13983 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
13986 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
13987 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
13988 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
13990 if (!current_function_decl)
13991 endname = text_end_label;
13994 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
13995 current_function_funcdef_no);
13996 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
13999 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14000 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14001 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14002 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14007 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14008 as location description. */
14011 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14013 return (!list->dw_loc_next && !list->begin && !list->end);
14016 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14019 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14021 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14022 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14023 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14026 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14027 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14028 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14029 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14031 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14032 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14033 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14036 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14040 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14041 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14042 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14043 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14045 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14046 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14047 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14048 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14052 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14061 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14063 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14066 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14068 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14072 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14073 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14074 " location lists.\n");
14079 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14080 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14082 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14083 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14085 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14086 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14087 enum machine_mode mode;
14089 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14094 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14096 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14097 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14099 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14101 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14102 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14105 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14106 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14107 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14110 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14111 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14112 into simple arithmetics. */
14114 static dw_loc_list_ref
14115 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14118 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14119 enum machine_mode mode;
14121 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14122 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14124 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14125 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14126 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14128 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14130 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14133 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14135 expansion_failed (obj,
14136 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14139 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14140 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14142 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14143 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14145 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14150 /* Variable offset. */
14151 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14152 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14154 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14157 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14158 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14160 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14162 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14163 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14165 else if (bytepos < 0)
14166 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14167 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14168 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14174 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14175 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14176 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14177 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14178 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14179 to refer to register values). */
14181 static dw_loc_list_ref
14182 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14184 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14185 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14186 int have_address = 0;
14187 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14189 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14190 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14193 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14196 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14199 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14200 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14201 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14202 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14203 the names of types. */
14204 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14208 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14209 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14212 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14213 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14214 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14215 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14216 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14217 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14221 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14222 e.g. for &this->field. */
14225 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14226 (loc, want_address == 2);
14229 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14230 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14233 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14234 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14235 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14239 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14245 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14248 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14249 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14250 bool dtprel = false;
14252 if (targetm.have_tls)
14254 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14256 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14259 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14260 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14262 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14264 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14266 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14270 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14271 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14273 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14274 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14275 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14278 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14279 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14284 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14285 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14288 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14289 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14290 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14291 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14293 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14294 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14302 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14303 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14308 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14311 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14313 if (loc_list && loc_list->first
14314 && (list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address)))
14316 have_address = want_address != 0;
14319 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14320 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14322 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14325 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14327 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14328 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14329 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14330 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14332 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14334 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14337 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14339 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14340 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14341 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14345 enum machine_mode mode;
14347 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14348 if (want_address == 2)
14350 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14351 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14356 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14359 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14362 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14365 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14366 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14372 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14373 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14374 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14378 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14379 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14382 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14385 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14387 case COMPONENT_REF:
14388 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14390 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14391 case REALPART_EXPR:
14392 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14395 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14396 enum machine_mode mode;
14398 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14400 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14401 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14403 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14405 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14407 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14408 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14409 for nonzero bitpos. */
14412 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14414 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14415 "bitfield access");
14419 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14421 /* Variable offset. */
14422 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14423 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14425 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14428 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14431 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14433 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14434 else if (bytepos < 0)
14435 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14442 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14443 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14445 else if (want_address == 2
14446 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14447 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14448 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14449 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14451 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14452 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14455 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14456 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14465 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14468 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14469 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14470 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14473 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14474 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14479 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14484 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14485 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14490 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14491 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14492 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14493 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14501 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14502 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14503 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14504 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14517 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14520 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14522 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14523 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14525 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14529 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14537 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14544 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14551 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14558 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14573 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14574 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14575 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14578 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14581 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14584 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14598 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14602 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14608 const enum tree_code code =
14609 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14611 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14612 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14613 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14614 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14617 /* ... fall through ... */
14621 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14622 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14623 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14624 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14625 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14627 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14628 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14631 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14632 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14634 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14635 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14636 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14638 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14639 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14640 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14642 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14643 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14644 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14645 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14646 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14650 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14654 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14655 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14656 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14657 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14659 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14660 "language specific tree node");
14664 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14665 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14666 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14667 gcc_unreachable ();
14669 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14670 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14675 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14678 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14679 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14681 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14683 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14684 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14688 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14690 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14691 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14694 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14695 if (want_address && !have_address)
14697 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14698 "Want address and only have value");
14702 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14704 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14705 if (!want_address && have_address)
14707 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14709 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14711 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14712 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14715 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14718 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14721 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14723 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14726 list_ret = single_element_loc_list (ret);
14731 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14732 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14733 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14735 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14738 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14740 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14741 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14747 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14748 which is not less than the value itself. */
14750 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14751 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14753 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14756 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14757 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14758 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14759 ERROR_MARK node. */
14762 field_type (const_tree decl)
14766 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14767 return integer_type_node;
14769 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14770 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14771 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14776 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14777 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14778 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14780 static inline unsigned
14781 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14783 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14786 static inline unsigned
14787 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14789 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14792 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14794 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14795 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14797 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14798 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14799 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14800 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14801 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
14807 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
14810 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14811 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14812 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14813 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14814 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14817 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14818 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14820 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
14821 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
14823 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14826 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
14828 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14829 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14830 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14831 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
14834 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
14836 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14837 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
14840 tree field_size_tree;
14841 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
14842 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
14843 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
14844 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
14845 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
14847 type = field_type (decl);
14848 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
14849 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
14851 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
14853 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14854 a flexible array member. */
14855 if (!field_size_tree)
14856 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
14858 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14859 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
14860 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
14862 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
14864 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
14866 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
14867 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
14868 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
14869 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
14870 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
14871 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
14872 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
14873 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
14874 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
14876 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
14878 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
14879 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
14880 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
14881 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
14882 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
14883 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
14884 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
14885 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
14886 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
14887 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
14888 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
14890 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
14891 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
14892 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
14893 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
14894 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
14895 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
14896 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
14897 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
14898 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
14899 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
14902 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
14903 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
14904 must have believed that the containing object started (within
14905 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
14906 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
14907 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
14908 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
14910 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
14911 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
14912 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
14914 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
14915 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
14917 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
14919 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
14921 object_offset_in_bits
14922 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
14924 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
14926 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
14928 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
14929 object_offset_in_bits
14930 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
14935 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
14937 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14940 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
14941 associated with them. */
14943 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
14945 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
14946 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
14947 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
14950 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
14951 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
14955 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
14956 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
14958 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
14961 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
14962 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
14963 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
14964 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
14965 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
14966 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
14969 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
14970 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
14971 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
14972 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
14973 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
14974 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
14975 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
14976 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
14977 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
14978 function below.) */
14981 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
14983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
14984 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
14986 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
14988 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
14989 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
14991 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
14992 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
14993 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
14994 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
14996 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
14998 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15000 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15002 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15003 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15004 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15006 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15007 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15008 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15010 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15011 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15012 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15014 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15015 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15016 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15017 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15019 /* Extract the offset. */
15020 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15021 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15023 /* Add it to the object address. */
15024 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15025 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15028 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15031 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15035 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15037 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15038 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15043 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15045 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15046 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15047 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15049 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15050 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15051 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15055 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15058 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15062 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15065 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15068 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15072 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15078 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15080 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15081 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15083 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15089 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15095 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15098 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15100 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15104 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15105 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15107 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15108 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15110 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15115 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15116 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15117 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15118 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15119 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15122 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15124 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15128 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15131 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15133 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15138 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15139 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15140 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15143 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15145 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15147 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15148 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15150 insert_float (rtl, array);
15151 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15154 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15155 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15161 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15162 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15163 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15164 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15168 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15170 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15171 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15173 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15174 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15176 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15184 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15185 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15189 gcc_unreachable ();
15192 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15193 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15196 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15197 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15199 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15200 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15205 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15206 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15211 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15212 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15214 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15215 insert_float (elt, p);
15220 gcc_unreachable ();
15223 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15228 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15229 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
15230 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15234 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15235 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15238 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15241 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
15242 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15246 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15247 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15248 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15249 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15250 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15251 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15252 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15253 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15254 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15255 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15256 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15264 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15265 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15266 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15268 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15274 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15275 gcc_unreachable ();
15280 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15281 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15284 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15285 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15287 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15288 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15290 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15291 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15293 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15294 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15295 be conservative. */
15296 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15297 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15299 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15301 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15305 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15306 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15308 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15309 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15310 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15311 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15312 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15315 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15321 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15322 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15325 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15327 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15329 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15330 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15331 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15333 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15334 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15335 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15337 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15339 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15340 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15341 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15342 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15343 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15345 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15346 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15347 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15348 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15351 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15353 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15355 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15356 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15357 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15359 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15360 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15361 reference variables which won't be output. */
15362 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15363 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15365 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15367 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15368 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15373 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15375 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15376 bool constant_p = true;
15378 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15380 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15381 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15382 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15383 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15384 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15386 constant_p = false;
15392 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15402 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15404 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15405 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15411 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15414 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15418 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15419 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15420 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15422 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15423 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15424 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15425 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15426 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15427 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15428 referenced within the function.
15430 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15431 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15432 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15433 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15435 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15436 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15437 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15438 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15439 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15440 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15442 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15443 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15444 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15445 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15446 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15447 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15448 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15449 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15450 output at debug-time.
15452 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15453 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15454 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15455 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15456 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15457 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15458 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15459 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15460 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15461 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15462 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15463 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15464 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15466 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15467 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15468 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15469 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15470 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15471 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15472 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15473 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15474 I'd like to fix it.
15476 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15477 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15478 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15479 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15480 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15481 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15482 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15483 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15484 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15485 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15486 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15488 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15489 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15491 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15492 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15493 fixed registers. */
15494 if (! reload_completed)
15497 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15499 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15501 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15502 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15504 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15509 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15511 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15513 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15514 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15515 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15516 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15518 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15519 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15520 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15521 if (dmode == pmode)
15522 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15523 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15524 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15525 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15527 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15530 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15532 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15533 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15534 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15535 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15542 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15543 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15544 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15545 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15546 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15547 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15549 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15550 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15551 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15552 /* Not passed in memory. */
15553 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15554 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15555 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15556 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15557 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15558 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15559 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15562 /* Big endian correction check. */
15563 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15564 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15565 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15568 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15569 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15571 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15572 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15575 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15578 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15579 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15581 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15582 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15584 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15585 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15586 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15587 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15588 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15589 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15591 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15592 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15595 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15596 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15597 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15598 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15599 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15602 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15604 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15605 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15606 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15608 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15610 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15611 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15613 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15614 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15615 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15616 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15617 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15618 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15619 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15621 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
15622 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
15623 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
15624 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
15626 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15627 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15634 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15635 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15636 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15639 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15641 tree val_expr, cvar;
15642 enum machine_mode mode;
15643 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15645 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15647 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15648 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15649 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15650 be handled as such. */
15651 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15652 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15653 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15657 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15658 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15661 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15662 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15664 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15665 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15666 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15667 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15671 if (offset != NULL)
15673 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15675 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15678 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15683 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15684 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15685 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15686 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15687 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15688 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15689 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15690 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15691 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15692 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15695 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15696 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15699 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15700 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15702 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15705 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15706 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15708 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15711 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15712 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15713 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15716 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15717 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15718 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15719 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15720 if (loc_list && loc_list->first && loc_list->first == loc_list->last)
15722 struct var_loc_node *node;
15724 node = loc_list->first;
15725 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
15726 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
15727 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == VAR_LOCATION
15728 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
15729 rtl = XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0);
15730 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15731 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15734 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15737 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15740 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15741 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15742 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15745 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15748 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15750 deferred_locations entry;
15751 entry.variable = variable;
15753 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15756 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15757 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15760 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15764 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15768 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15771 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15772 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15774 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15775 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15777 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15779 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15781 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15783 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15784 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15785 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15786 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15789 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15794 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15795 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15797 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15799 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15800 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15801 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15802 constructor_elt *ce;
15804 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15805 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15808 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15809 if (fieldsize <= 0)
15812 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
15813 memset (array, '\0', size);
15815 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
15818 tree val = ce->value;
15819 tree index = ce->index;
15821 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15822 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
15825 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
15830 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15833 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
15834 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15836 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
15837 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
15841 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
15842 curpos += fieldsize;
15845 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
15849 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
15850 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
15852 tree field = NULL_TREE;
15853 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15854 constructor_elt *ce;
15856 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15859 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
15860 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
15863 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
15864 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
15866 tree val = ce->value;
15867 int pos, fieldsize;
15869 if (ce->index != 0)
15875 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
15878 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
15879 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
15880 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
15882 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
15883 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
15885 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
15886 pos = int_byte_position (field);
15887 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
15889 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15895 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
15896 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
15897 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
15899 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
15903 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
15904 attribute is the const value T. */
15907 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
15910 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
15913 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
15917 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
15919 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
15921 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
15922 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
15923 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
15924 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
15926 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
15927 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
15929 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
15931 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
15933 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
15941 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
15942 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
15943 variable with static storage duration
15944 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
15947 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
15951 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15952 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
15955 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
15956 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
15957 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15962 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
15963 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
15966 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
15969 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
15970 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
15971 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
15972 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
15975 static dw_loc_list_ref
15976 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
15979 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
15981 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
15982 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
15983 dw_cfa_location remember;
15985 fde = current_fde ();
15986 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
15988 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
15992 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
15993 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
15994 remember = next_cfa;
15996 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
15998 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
15999 advance opcodes. */
16000 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16001 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16003 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16004 last_label = start_label;
16006 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16007 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16009 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16010 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16011 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16012 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16013 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16015 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16016 start_label, last_label, section,
16019 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16020 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16021 start_label = last_label;
16023 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16026 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16027 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16028 gcc_unreachable ();
16031 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16035 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16037 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16038 start_label, last_label, section,
16040 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16041 start_label = last_label;
16043 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16044 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
16050 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16051 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16052 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16053 before the latter is negated. */
16056 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16060 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16061 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16062 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16064 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16065 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16068 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16069 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16071 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16072 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16075 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16076 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16077 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16078 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16079 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16080 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16082 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16085 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16086 the value of the attribute. */
16089 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16091 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16093 if (demangle_name_func)
16094 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16096 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16100 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16103 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16105 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16111 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16115 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16116 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16118 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16119 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16123 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16126 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16127 a representation for that bound. */
16130 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16132 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16137 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16140 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16142 /* Use the default if possible. */
16143 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16144 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
16145 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound))))
16148 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16149 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16150 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16151 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16153 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16154 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16155 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16156 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16158 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16159 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16160 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16161 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16163 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16164 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16169 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16170 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16180 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16181 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
16183 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16184 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16185 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16186 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16187 later parameter. */
16188 if (decl_die != NULL)
16189 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16192 loc = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16193 add_AT_location_description (subrange_die, bound_attr, loc);
16200 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16201 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16203 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16204 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16206 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16210 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16211 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16213 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16215 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16216 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16217 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16218 if (list->dw_loc_next)
16219 add_AT_loc_list (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16221 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list->expr);
16223 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16229 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16230 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16231 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16232 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16235 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16237 unsigned dimension_number;
16239 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16241 for (dimension_number = 0;
16242 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16243 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16245 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16247 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16250 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16251 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16253 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16256 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16257 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16258 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16260 /* Define the index type. */
16261 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16263 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16264 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16265 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16266 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16267 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16268 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16269 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16272 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16276 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16277 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16279 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16280 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16281 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16283 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16285 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16288 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16289 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16295 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16299 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16304 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16307 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16308 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16311 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16312 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16313 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16314 even for bit-fields. */
16315 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16318 gcc_unreachable ();
16321 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16322 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16323 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16324 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16325 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16328 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16329 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16330 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16333 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16334 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16335 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16336 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16337 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16338 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16340 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16341 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16342 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16345 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16347 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16348 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16349 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16350 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16351 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16352 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16354 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16355 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16357 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16358 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16359 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16360 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16361 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16364 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16366 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16367 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16368 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16369 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16370 below must take account of these differences. */
16371 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16372 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16374 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16376 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16377 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16381 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16382 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16383 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16385 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16388 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16389 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16392 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16394 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16395 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16396 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16398 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16399 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16402 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16403 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16406 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16408 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16409 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16410 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16413 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16414 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16417 static inline dw_die_ref
16418 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16420 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16422 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16424 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16425 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16426 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16428 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16429 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16433 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16435 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16437 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16440 if (DECL_P (origin))
16441 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16442 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16443 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16445 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16446 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16447 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16448 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16449 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16450 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16451 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16455 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16459 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16462 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16464 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16466 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16468 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16469 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16470 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16471 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16474 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16475 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
16476 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16477 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16481 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16484 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16486 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16488 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16489 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16492 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16493 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16496 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16500 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16501 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16503 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16505 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16506 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16507 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16509 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16510 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16511 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16512 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16515 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16516 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16518 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16520 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16521 asm_name->die = die;
16522 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16523 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16524 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16526 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16527 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16528 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16532 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16533 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16534 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16535 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16537 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16538 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16539 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16544 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16547 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16549 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16552 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16555 pop_decl_scope (void)
16557 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16560 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16561 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16562 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16563 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16564 the current active scope. */
16567 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16569 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16570 tree containing_scope;
16573 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16574 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16576 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16578 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16579 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16581 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16584 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16587 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16588 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16589 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16590 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16591 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16593 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16594 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16595 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16597 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16598 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16599 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16600 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16601 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16606 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16607 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16609 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16610 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16613 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16616 scope_die = context_die;
16621 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16624 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16626 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16627 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16628 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16634 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16637 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16639 return (context_die
16640 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16641 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16642 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16643 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16646 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16647 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16650 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16652 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16653 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16656 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16657 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16658 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16661 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16662 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16664 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16665 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16667 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16668 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16669 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16670 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16671 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16672 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16673 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16675 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16676 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16677 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16678 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16679 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16682 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16683 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16684 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16687 if (type_die != NULL)
16688 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16691 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16692 function call type. */
16694 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16696 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16698 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16699 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16701 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16702 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16703 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16704 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16705 time being, following existing custom. */
16707 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16708 value = DW_CC_program;
16710 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16711 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16712 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16713 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16716 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16717 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16718 was declared without a tag. */
16720 static const char *
16721 type_tag (const_tree type)
16723 const char *name = 0;
16725 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16729 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16730 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16731 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16733 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16734 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16736 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16737 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16739 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16740 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16741 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16742 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16743 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16744 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16747 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16748 if (!name && t != 0)
16749 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16752 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16755 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16756 for bit field types. */
16759 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16761 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16762 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16765 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16766 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16769 static const char *
16770 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16773 const char *fnname;
16775 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16776 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16779 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
16781 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
16786 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16787 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16788 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16791 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16793 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16794 dw_die_ref array_die;
16796 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16797 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16798 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16799 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16800 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16801 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16802 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16803 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16804 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16806 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
16809 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16810 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16811 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
16812 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16814 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
16816 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16818 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
16819 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16820 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16821 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
16823 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16824 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
16825 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
16826 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16828 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
16829 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
16831 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
16832 if (loc && size > 0)
16834 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
16835 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16836 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16842 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16843 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16844 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16845 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16848 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16849 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
16850 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
16853 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
16854 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16855 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16857 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
16859 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
16860 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
16861 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
16862 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
16865 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
16867 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16868 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16869 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
16870 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
16873 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
16874 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
16875 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
16876 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
16877 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
16878 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
16879 for multidimensional arrays. */
16880 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
16883 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16884 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
16885 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
16886 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
16887 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
16890 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
16892 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
16893 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
16894 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
16895 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
16896 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16898 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
16900 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
16903 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16904 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
16907 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
16909 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
16910 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
16913 static dw_loc_descr_ref
16914 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
16916 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16917 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
16918 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
16920 if (val == base_decl)
16921 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
16923 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
16926 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16928 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
16930 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16931 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
16934 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
16937 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16940 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16941 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
16943 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
16945 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
16947 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16948 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
16951 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16954 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
16960 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
16963 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
16966 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
16967 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
16989 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
16990 tree val, tree base_decl)
16992 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
16994 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
16996 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17000 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17004 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17007 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17008 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17011 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17012 dw_die_ref context_die)
17014 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17015 dw_die_ref array_die;
17018 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17019 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17020 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17022 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17024 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17025 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17027 if (info->data_location)
17028 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17030 if (info->associated)
17031 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17033 if (info->allocated)
17034 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17037 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17039 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17040 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17042 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17044 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17045 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17046 && integer_zerop (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17048 else if (is_fortran ()
17049 && integer_onep (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17052 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17053 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17056 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17057 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17058 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17060 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17061 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17062 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17066 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17067 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17069 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17070 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17075 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17077 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17078 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17080 if (origin != NULL)
17081 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17084 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17085 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17086 0, 0, context_die);
17089 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17090 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17092 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17096 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17097 emit full debugging info for them. */
17100 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17104 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17105 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17108 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17110 static enum dwarf_tag
17111 record_type_tag (tree type)
17113 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17114 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17116 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17118 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17119 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17121 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17122 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17124 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17125 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17126 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17127 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17130 gcc_unreachable ();
17134 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17135 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17136 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17140 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17142 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17144 if (type_die == NULL)
17146 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17147 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17148 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17149 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17151 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17154 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17156 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17157 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17158 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17159 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17163 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17164 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17165 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17166 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17168 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17169 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17170 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17171 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17173 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17174 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17176 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17177 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17179 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17180 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17182 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17183 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17185 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17186 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17187 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17188 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17189 values as if they were signed. That means that
17190 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17191 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17192 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17193 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17197 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17199 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17200 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17205 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17206 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17209 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17210 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17211 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17212 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17213 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17214 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17215 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17216 argument type of some subprogram type.
17217 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17221 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17222 dw_die_ref context_die)
17224 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17225 dw_die_ref parm_die
17226 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17228 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17230 case tcc_declaration:
17232 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
17233 if (origin != NULL)
17234 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17237 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17239 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17240 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17241 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17244 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17245 TREE_READONLY (node),
17246 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17248 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17249 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17252 if (node && node != origin)
17253 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17254 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17255 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17261 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17262 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17266 gcc_unreachable ();
17272 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17273 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17276 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17277 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17278 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17279 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17280 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17281 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17284 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17286 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17290 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17292 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17293 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17296 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17297 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17299 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17301 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17304 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17305 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17310 return parm_pack_die;
17313 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17314 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17317 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17319 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17322 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17323 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17324 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17325 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17328 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17331 tree formal_type = NULL;
17332 tree first_parm_type;
17335 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17337 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17338 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17343 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17345 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17346 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17347 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17349 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17351 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17352 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17355 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17356 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17357 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17359 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17360 && link == first_parm_type)
17361 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17362 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17364 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17366 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17369 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17370 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17371 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17372 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17374 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17375 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17376 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17377 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17378 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17379 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17382 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17383 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17384 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17385 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17386 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17389 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17391 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17393 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17394 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17395 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17396 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17398 dw_die_ref type_die;
17399 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17401 push_decl_scope (type);
17402 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17403 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17404 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17405 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17407 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17408 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17409 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17410 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17411 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17413 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17414 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17418 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17424 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17425 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17428 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17430 dw_die_ref old_die;
17433 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17434 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17436 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17437 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17439 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17440 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17441 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17444 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17445 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17446 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17447 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17448 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17450 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17451 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17452 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17454 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17456 gen_type_die_for_member
17457 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17460 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17461 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17462 current_function_decl = decl;
17463 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17465 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17466 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17467 if (! was_abstract)
17468 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17470 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17471 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17475 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17478 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17479 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17482 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17487 type = (tree) *slot;
17488 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17490 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17494 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17495 through htab_traverse.
17497 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17498 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17499 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17502 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17503 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17505 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17508 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17509 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17510 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17511 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17514 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17515 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17516 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17519 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17520 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17521 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17522 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17528 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17531 premark_used_types (void)
17533 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17534 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17537 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17540 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17542 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17543 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17544 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17547 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17551 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17553 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17554 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17555 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17558 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17559 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17560 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17562 premark_used_types ();
17564 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17565 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17566 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17567 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17568 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17570 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17571 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17574 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17577 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17578 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17579 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17580 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17581 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17582 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17583 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17585 if (origin != NULL)
17587 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17589 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17590 inline function. */
17591 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17592 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17594 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17595 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17599 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17600 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17602 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17603 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17604 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17605 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17606 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17608 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17609 something we have already output. */
17613 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17614 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17615 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17616 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17617 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17618 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17619 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17620 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17621 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17622 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17623 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17624 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17626 subr_die = old_die;
17628 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17629 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17630 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17631 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17632 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17633 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17634 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17638 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17639 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17640 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17641 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17642 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17643 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17648 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17650 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17651 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17653 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17654 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17656 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17657 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17658 0, 0, context_die);
17661 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17662 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17663 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17665 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17666 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17667 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17668 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17673 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17675 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17677 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17678 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17679 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17680 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17681 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17683 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17684 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17685 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17686 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17688 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17689 later reused to represent definition. */
17690 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17693 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17695 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17697 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17698 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17700 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17704 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17705 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17707 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17710 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17711 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17712 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17714 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17716 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17718 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17720 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17721 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17723 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17725 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17726 current_function_funcdef_no);
17727 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17728 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17729 current_function_funcdef_no);
17730 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17732 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17733 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17736 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17737 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17738 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17740 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17741 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17742 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17743 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17745 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17746 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17747 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17751 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17752 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17753 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
17756 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17758 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17759 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17760 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17761 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17762 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17763 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17764 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17766 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17768 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17769 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17773 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17774 if (list->dw_loc_next)
17775 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
17777 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
17780 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17781 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17782 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17783 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17784 by this displacement. */
17785 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
17787 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
17788 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
17789 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
17792 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17793 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17794 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
17796 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17797 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17798 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17799 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17800 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17801 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17802 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17803 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17804 an ellipsis at the end. */
17806 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17807 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17808 its formal parameters. */
17809 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17811 else if (declaration)
17812 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
17815 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17816 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
17817 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
17818 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
17819 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
17822 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17823 emit their relevant DIEs.
17825 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17826 as well as it being a normal function.
17828 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17829 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17830 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17831 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17832 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17833 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17834 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17835 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17836 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17839 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17840 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
17842 if (generic_decl_parm
17843 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
17844 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
17849 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
17850 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
17853 if (generic_decl_parm)
17854 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
17857 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
17858 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
17859 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
17860 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
17861 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
17862 parameters at all. */
17863 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
17864 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
17866 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
17867 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
17868 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17870 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
17871 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
17874 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
17875 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
17876 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
17878 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
17879 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
17880 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
17881 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
17882 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
17883 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
17884 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
17886 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
17887 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
17888 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
17889 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
17890 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
17891 constructor function. */
17892 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
17894 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
17895 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
17896 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
17898 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
17899 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
17901 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
17902 if (current_function_has_inlines)
17904 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
17905 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
17907 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
17908 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
17913 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
17914 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17918 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
17921 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
17923 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17924 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
17927 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
17928 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
17931 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
17933 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
17934 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
17935 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
17938 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
17939 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
17942 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
17946 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
17947 dw_die_ref var_die;
17948 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
17949 dw_die_ref origin_die;
17950 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
17951 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17954 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17956 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
17958 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
17959 of a data member. */
17962 dw_die_ref com_die;
17963 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
17964 die_node com_die_arg;
17966 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
17969 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
17971 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
17976 /* Optimize the common case. */
17977 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
17978 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
17979 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
17980 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
17982 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
17983 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
17985 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
17987 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
17988 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17994 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
17995 common_block_die_table
17996 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
17997 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
17999 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18000 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18001 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18002 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18003 if (com_die == NULL)
18006 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18009 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18010 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18013 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18014 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18015 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18016 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18018 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18019 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18020 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18021 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18022 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18023 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18025 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18027 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18028 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18029 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18031 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18032 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18033 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18034 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18035 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18040 /* Optimize the common case. */
18041 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18042 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18043 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18044 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18045 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18046 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18048 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18050 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18052 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18053 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18054 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18058 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18059 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18060 DIE for it again. */
18065 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18066 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18067 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18068 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18069 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18071 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18074 if (origin != NULL)
18075 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18077 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18078 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18080 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18081 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18084 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18086 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18087 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18088 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18090 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18091 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18093 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18094 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18095 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18097 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18098 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18100 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18101 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18103 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18104 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18109 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18111 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18112 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18113 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18115 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18116 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18118 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18119 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18121 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18122 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18124 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18125 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18126 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18127 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18131 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18133 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18134 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18137 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18138 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18139 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18141 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18142 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18143 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18144 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18145 to add it again. */
18146 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18148 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18149 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18150 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18152 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18155 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18158 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18161 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18164 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18166 dw_die_ref const_die;
18167 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18169 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18170 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18171 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18172 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18173 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18174 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18175 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18176 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18179 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18182 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18184 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18185 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18187 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18189 if (origin != NULL)
18190 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18192 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18194 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18195 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18198 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18200 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18201 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18202 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18206 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18208 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18209 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18210 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18211 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18212 it if it ever does happen. */
18213 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18215 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18216 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18221 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18222 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18223 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18226 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18228 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18230 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18232 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18233 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18238 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18239 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18242 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18244 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18246 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18247 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18251 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18253 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18254 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18255 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18258 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18260 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18263 add_ranges (chain);
18264 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18271 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18272 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18273 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18275 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18276 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18280 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18283 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18285 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18287 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18288 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18290 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18293 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18296 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18300 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18302 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18304 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18306 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18307 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18308 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18309 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18310 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18312 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18314 dw_die_ref subr_die
18315 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18317 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18318 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18319 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18320 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18322 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18323 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18327 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18330 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18332 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18334 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18337 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18338 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18339 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18340 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18343 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18345 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18346 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18347 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18350 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18351 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18353 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18354 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18356 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18357 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18358 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18359 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18361 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18362 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18366 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18367 Use modified_type_die instead.
18368 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18369 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18372 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18375 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18377 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18378 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18379 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18382 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18383 Use modified_type_die instead.
18384 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18385 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18388 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18391 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18393 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18394 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18395 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18399 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18402 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18405 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18406 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18408 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18409 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18410 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18411 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18414 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18417 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18420 char producer[250];
18421 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18424 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18428 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18429 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18430 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18431 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18434 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18436 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18437 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18438 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18439 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18440 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18441 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18442 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18443 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18444 strcat (producer, " -g");
18447 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18449 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18450 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18451 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18452 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18453 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18454 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18455 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18456 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18458 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18459 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18460 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18461 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18462 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18463 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18464 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18465 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18466 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18467 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18470 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18474 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18477 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18479 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18481 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18482 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18484 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18485 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18487 if (access == access_public_node)
18488 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18489 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18490 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18493 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18496 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18499 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18502 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18503 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18504 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18505 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18506 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18507 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18508 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18509 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18510 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18511 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18512 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18514 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18517 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18521 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18522 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18523 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18524 : access_public_node), context_die);
18527 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18528 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18530 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18531 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18532 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18533 do put them in the right order. */
18535 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18537 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18539 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18542 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18543 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18545 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18546 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18549 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18551 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18553 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18557 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18558 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18559 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18562 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18563 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18565 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18566 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18568 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18569 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18570 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18571 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18572 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18574 if (type_die && ! complete)
18577 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18578 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18579 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18582 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18584 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18585 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18587 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18589 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18590 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18592 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18594 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18596 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18599 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18601 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18602 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18603 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18604 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18606 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18607 then give a list of members. */
18608 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18610 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18611 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18612 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18613 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18614 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18615 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18617 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18618 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18619 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18620 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18622 push_decl_scope (type);
18623 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18626 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18627 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18629 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18631 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18632 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18633 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18638 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18640 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18641 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18642 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18643 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18646 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18647 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18650 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18653 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18655 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18656 dw_die_ref subr_die
18657 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18658 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18660 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18661 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18662 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18663 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18665 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18666 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18669 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18672 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18674 dw_die_ref type_die;
18677 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18680 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18681 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18682 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18683 if (origin != NULL)
18684 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18689 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18690 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18692 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18694 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18695 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18698 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18700 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18701 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18704 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18705 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18707 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18708 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18711 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18714 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18715 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18718 struct array_descr_info info;
18720 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18723 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18724 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18725 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18726 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18728 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18731 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18732 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18734 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18735 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18736 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18737 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18738 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18740 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18741 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18745 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18746 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18747 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18748 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18749 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18751 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18752 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18756 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18757 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18758 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18759 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18760 cloned type itself). */
18761 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18762 type = type_main_variant (type);
18764 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18767 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18773 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
18774 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18775 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18776 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18777 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18779 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18781 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18782 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18783 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18784 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18788 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18789 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18790 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
18791 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18793 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18794 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18795 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18797 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18799 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
18802 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
18803 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18804 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18805 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18806 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18810 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18811 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18812 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18813 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18817 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18821 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18824 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
18827 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
18828 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18829 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18830 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18831 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18832 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18833 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18834 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
18835 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18836 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
18838 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
18840 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18843 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
18844 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18845 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18848 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18849 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
18851 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
18852 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
18853 decls_for_scope. */
18854 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18859 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
18863 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
18865 /* This might have been written out by the call to
18866 declare_in_namespace. */
18867 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18868 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
18871 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
18876 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
18877 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
18878 when appropriate. */
18884 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
18887 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
18891 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
18895 gcc_unreachable ();
18898 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18902 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18904 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18907 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
18908 things which are local to the given block. */
18911 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18913 int must_output_die = 0;
18916 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
18917 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
18920 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
18922 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
18923 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
18924 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
18925 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
18929 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
18930 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
18935 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
18938 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
18939 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
18940 must_output_die = 1;
18943 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
18944 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
18945 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18946 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
18947 as being a "significant" one. */
18948 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
18949 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
18950 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
18951 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
18952 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
18953 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
18954 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
18955 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18956 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
18957 must_output_die = 1;
18960 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
18961 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
18962 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
18963 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
18964 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
18965 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
18966 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
18967 if (must_output_die)
18971 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
18972 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
18973 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
18974 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
18975 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
18976 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
18977 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
18978 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18980 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
18981 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
18982 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
18983 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
18984 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18985 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
18988 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
18991 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
18994 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
18995 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
18997 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19000 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19001 tree ultimate_origin = origin ? decl_ultimate_origin (origin) : NULL;
19003 if (ultimate_origin)
19004 origin = ultimate_origin;
19006 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19007 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19008 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19009 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19010 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19014 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19015 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19016 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19017 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19018 stmt, context_die);
19020 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19023 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19024 all of its sub-blocks. */
19027 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19033 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19034 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19037 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19038 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19039 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19040 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19041 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19042 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19043 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19044 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19047 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19048 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19051 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19052 therein) of this block. */
19053 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19055 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19056 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19059 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19062 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19064 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19067 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19068 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19069 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19070 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19071 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19072 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19078 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19080 static inline dw_die_ref
19081 get_context_die (tree context)
19085 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19086 if (TYPE_P (context))
19087 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19089 return force_decl_die (context);
19091 return comp_unit_die;
19094 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19097 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19099 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19100 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19101 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19102 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19105 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19107 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19111 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19113 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19114 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19115 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19116 declaration die. */
19117 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19118 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19119 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19120 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19124 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19125 gen_decl_die() call. */
19126 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19127 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19128 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19129 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19132 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19133 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19134 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19136 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19137 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19141 gcc_unreachable ();
19144 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19146 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19147 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19153 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19154 always returned. */
19157 force_type_die (tree type)
19159 dw_die_ref type_die;
19161 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19164 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19166 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19167 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19168 gcc_assert (type_die);
19173 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19174 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19177 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19179 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19180 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19181 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19182 /* Force out the namespace. */
19183 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19185 return context_die;
19188 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19189 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19191 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19192 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19195 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19197 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19199 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19200 return context_die;
19202 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19203 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19204 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19205 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19206 return context_die;
19208 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19210 if (ns_context != context_die)
19214 if (DECL_P (thing))
19215 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19217 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19219 return context_die;
19222 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19225 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19227 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19229 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19230 they are an alias of. */
19231 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19233 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19234 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19235 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19236 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19237 context_die, decl);
19238 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19239 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19241 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19243 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19246 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19247 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19248 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19249 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19253 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19255 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19256 dw_die_ref origin_die
19257 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19259 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19260 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19261 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19262 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19263 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19264 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19265 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19266 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19270 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19273 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19275 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19276 tree class_origin = NULL;
19278 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19281 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19287 if (!is_fortran ())
19289 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19290 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19294 /* Emit its type. */
19295 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19297 /* And its containing namespace. */
19298 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19300 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19303 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19304 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19305 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19306 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19307 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19308 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19309 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19314 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19315 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19316 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19317 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19320 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19321 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19322 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin ? origin : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19324 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19325 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19326 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19327 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19328 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19329 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19330 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19331 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19332 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19334 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19335 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19338 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19339 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19341 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19342 have described its return type. */
19343 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19345 /* And its virtual context. */
19346 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19347 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19349 /* And its containing type. */
19351 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19352 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19353 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19355 /* And its containing namespace. */
19356 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19359 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19361 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19365 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19366 actual typedefs. */
19367 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19370 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19371 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19372 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19373 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19374 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19375 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19376 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19377 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19378 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19380 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19383 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19384 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19386 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19387 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19391 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19392 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19397 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19398 variable declarations or definitions. */
19399 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19402 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19404 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19405 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19407 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19409 /* And its containing type. */
19410 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19411 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19412 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19414 /* And its containing namespace. */
19415 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19417 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19418 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19419 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19422 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19423 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
19424 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19425 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19428 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19432 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19433 anonymous unions and structs. */
19434 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19435 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19436 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19438 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19439 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19444 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19445 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19447 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19448 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19449 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19453 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19454 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19455 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19456 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19460 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19461 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19466 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19467 compilation proper has finished. */
19470 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19472 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19473 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19474 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19475 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19476 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19477 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19480 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19481 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19483 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19486 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19489 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19490 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19491 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19492 that DECL belongs to.
19493 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19495 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19497 tree lexical_block,
19498 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19500 expanded_location xloc;
19501 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19502 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19504 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19506 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19507 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19511 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19513 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19515 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19516 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19518 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19519 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19520 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19521 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19522 if (!at_import_die)
19524 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19525 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19526 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19527 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19532 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19533 if (!at_import_die)
19535 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19536 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19537 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19539 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19541 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19542 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19543 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19544 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19546 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19547 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19549 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19553 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19555 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19556 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19563 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19567 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19568 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19570 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19571 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19572 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19575 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19576 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19577 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19578 importing whole module. */
19581 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19584 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19585 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19587 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19592 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19593 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19596 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19597 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19599 && TYPE_P (context)
19600 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19603 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19606 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19610 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19611 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19612 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19613 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19616 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19617 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19621 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19624 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19626 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19628 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19633 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19634 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19635 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19636 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19637 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19638 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19639 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19640 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19641 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19642 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19643 with the definition of the function.
19645 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19646 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19647 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19648 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19649 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19650 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19651 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19652 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19653 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19654 that they *are* definitions).
19656 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19657 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19658 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19659 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19660 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19661 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19664 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19665 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19666 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19667 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19668 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19669 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19670 context_die = NULL;
19674 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19675 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19676 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19677 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19678 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19679 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19680 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19681 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19682 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19685 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19686 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19687 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19689 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19690 variable declarations or definitions. */
19691 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19696 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19698 if (!is_fortran ())
19700 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19701 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19704 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19705 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19706 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19708 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19713 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19714 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19717 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19718 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19719 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19721 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19722 comparisons have. */
19724 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19725 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19726 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19731 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19732 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19735 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19736 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19737 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19738 context_die = NULL;
19746 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19749 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19750 a lexical block. */
19753 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19754 unsigned int blocknum)
19756 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19757 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19760 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19764 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
19766 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19767 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
19770 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19771 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19773 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19774 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19775 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19778 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
19783 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19784 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19785 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19787 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
19789 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
19790 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19791 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19798 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19801 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
19803 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
19804 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
19805 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
19806 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
19810 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
19812 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
19813 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
19816 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19817 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19818 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19819 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19820 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19821 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19822 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19823 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19824 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
19827 static struct dwarf_file_data *
19828 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
19831 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
19833 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
19834 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
19835 if (file_table_last_lookup
19836 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
19837 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
19838 return file_table_last_lookup;
19840 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
19841 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
19842 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
19844 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
19846 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
19847 created->filename = file_name;
19848 created->emitted_number = 0;
19853 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
19854 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
19855 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
19856 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
19857 types, which may include filenames. */
19860 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
19862 if (! fd->emitted_number)
19864 if (last_emitted_file)
19865 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
19867 fd->emitted_number = 1;
19868 last_emitted_file = fd;
19870 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
19872 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
19873 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
19874 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
19875 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
19879 return fd->emitted_number;
19882 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
19883 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
19884 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
19887 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
19889 die_arg_entry entry;
19894 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
19895 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
19896 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
19900 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
19901 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
19905 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
19906 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
19907 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
19910 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
19912 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
19918 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
19920 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
19925 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
19928 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
19934 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
19938 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
19942 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
19945 struct indirect_string_node *node;
19947 node = find_AT_string (dname);
19948 /* replace the string. */
19949 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
19953 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
19956 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
19957 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
19958 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
19961 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
19964 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
19966 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
19970 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
19971 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
19972 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
19973 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
19975 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
19976 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
19979 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
19982 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
19984 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
19987 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
19988 insnd_uid of *Y. */
19991 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
19993 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
19994 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
19997 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20000 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20002 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20003 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20006 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20007 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20008 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20009 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20010 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20014 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20016 static unsigned int
20017 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20019 struct vcall_insn item;
20020 struct vcall_insn *p;
20022 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20023 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20024 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20026 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20028 return (unsigned int) -1;
20029 return p->vtable_slot;
20033 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20034 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20035 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20039 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20041 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20043 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20044 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20045 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20049 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20050 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20054 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20056 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20058 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20059 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20062 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20063 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20064 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20065 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20066 lowering to RTL. */
20069 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20071 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20074 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20077 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20078 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20079 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20081 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20082 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20085 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20086 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20087 our lookup table. */
20090 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20092 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20093 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20095 static const char *last_label;
20096 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20097 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20100 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20103 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20104 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20105 don't do anything. */
20106 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20109 newloc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
20110 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20111 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20112 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20113 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20114 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20116 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20117 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20119 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20120 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20122 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20123 newloc->next = NULL;
20125 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20126 newloc->label = last_label;
20129 if (!last_postcall_label)
20131 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20132 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20134 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20137 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
20138 newloc->section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
20140 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
20142 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20143 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20144 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20145 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
20148 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20149 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20150 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20151 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20154 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20156 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20158 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20159 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20161 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20164 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20165 and record information relating to this source line, in
20166 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20169 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20170 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20172 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20174 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20177 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20179 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20181 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20182 if (flag_debug_asm)
20183 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20186 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20188 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20189 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20190 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20192 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20193 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20195 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20196 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20197 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20199 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20200 line_info_table_in_use++;
20202 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20204 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20205 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20206 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20207 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20209 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20210 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20211 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20213 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20214 separate_line_info_table
20215 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20216 separate_line_info_table,
20217 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20218 memset (separate_line_info_table
20219 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20221 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20222 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20225 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20227 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20228 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20229 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20230 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20234 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20236 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20237 line_info_table_in_use);
20239 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20240 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20242 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20244 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20245 line_info_table_allocated);
20246 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20247 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20250 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20251 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20252 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20253 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20258 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20261 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20263 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20265 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20266 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20268 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20269 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20272 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20274 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20276 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20277 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20278 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20285 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20288 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20290 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20291 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20292 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20294 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20296 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20297 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20301 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20302 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20303 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20306 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20307 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20309 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20311 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20312 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20313 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20314 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20318 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20319 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20320 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20323 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20324 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20326 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20328 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20329 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20330 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20331 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20335 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20338 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20340 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20341 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20342 file_table_eq, NULL);
20344 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20345 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20346 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20348 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20349 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20350 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20352 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20353 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20355 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20356 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20357 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20358 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20359 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20361 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20362 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20363 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20365 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20366 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20368 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20369 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20370 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20372 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20373 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20374 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20376 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20377 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20378 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20379 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20380 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20381 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20382 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20384 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20386 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20388 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20389 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20390 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20391 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20392 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20393 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20394 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20395 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20396 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20397 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20398 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20399 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20400 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20401 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20402 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20403 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20404 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20405 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20406 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20407 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20408 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20409 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20410 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20411 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20412 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20413 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20415 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20416 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20417 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20418 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20419 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20420 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20421 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20423 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20424 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20425 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20426 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20427 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20428 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20429 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20430 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20431 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20432 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20433 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20434 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20436 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20438 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20439 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20440 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20441 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20444 switch_to_section (text_section);
20445 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20446 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20448 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20449 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20450 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20455 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20456 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20459 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20461 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20463 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20464 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20466 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20470 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20471 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20474 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20476 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20478 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20480 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20481 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20482 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20488 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20489 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20492 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20496 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20497 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20499 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20501 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20502 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20505 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20511 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20514 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20515 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20518 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20523 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20525 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20527 /* A reference to another DIE.
20528 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20529 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20530 if (dwarf_version < 4
20531 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20532 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20533 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20535 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20536 accounts properly for it. */
20537 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20538 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20543 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20544 to DIE's children. */
20547 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20551 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20553 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20556 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20557 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20558 if (die->die_parent)
20559 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20561 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20562 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20564 /* If this node is a specification,
20565 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20566 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20567 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20570 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20572 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20573 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20576 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20577 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20578 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20579 for all type definitions. */
20580 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20581 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20582 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20583 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20585 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20589 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20590 and if so, mark them. */
20593 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20597 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20600 switch (die->die_tag)
20602 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20603 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20604 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20607 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20608 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20609 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20610 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20617 /* Mark children. */
20618 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20621 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20624 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20628 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20629 children have been marked as well. */
20630 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20633 switch (die->die_tag)
20635 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20636 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20637 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20638 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20641 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20642 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20645 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20646 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20647 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20648 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20649 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20651 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20653 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20656 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20657 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20658 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20659 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20660 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20661 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20662 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20663 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20664 case DW_TAG_friend:
20665 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20666 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20667 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20668 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20669 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20670 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20671 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20672 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20673 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20676 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20680 /* Mark everything else. */
20684 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20688 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20689 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20694 /* Mark children. */
20695 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20698 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20702 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20707 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20708 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20710 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20712 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20713 twice in the hash table. */
20715 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20718 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20719 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20721 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20727 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20730 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
20734 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
20735 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
20737 if (! die->die_child)
20740 c = die->die_child;
20742 dw_die_ref prev = c;
20743 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
20744 if (c == die->die_child)
20746 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20748 /* No marked children at all. */
20749 die->die_child = NULL;
20752 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
20753 die->die_child = prev;
20758 if (c != prev->die_sib)
20760 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
20761 } while (c != die->die_child);
20764 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20765 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20766 decided to emit. */
20769 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20771 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20773 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
20774 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
20779 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20782 prune_unused_types (void)
20785 limbo_die_node *node;
20786 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
20788 dcall_entry *dcall;
20790 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20791 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20792 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
20793 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20794 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
20795 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20796 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
20797 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20799 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20800 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20802 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20803 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
20804 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20805 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
20806 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20808 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
20809 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
20812 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20813 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20814 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
20815 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
20816 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
20817 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
20819 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20820 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
20821 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
20823 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
20824 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
20825 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
20826 else if (debug_str_hash)
20827 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
20828 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
20829 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20830 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
20831 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20832 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
20834 /* Leave the marks clear. */
20835 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
20836 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20837 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
20838 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20839 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
20842 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
20845 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
20847 bool *p = (bool *) param;
20848 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20849 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
20857 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
20860 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
20863 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
20865 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
20870 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
20872 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
20873 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
20875 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
20876 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
20879 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
20880 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
20881 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
20882 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
20883 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
20884 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
20887 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
20889 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
20890 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
20892 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
20896 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
20898 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
20902 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
20904 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
20905 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
20909 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
20910 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
20911 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
20914 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20918 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
20920 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
20921 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
20922 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
20924 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
20925 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
20926 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
20928 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
20929 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
20934 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
20935 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
20936 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
20937 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
20940 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
20941 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
20947 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
20948 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
20949 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
20952 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
20954 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
20955 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
20956 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
20957 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
20958 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
20959 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
20964 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
20965 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
20966 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
20967 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
20968 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
20969 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
20972 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
20976 dw_loc_list_ref curr;
20979 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20980 switch (AT_class (a))
20982 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
20983 for (curr = AT_loc_list (a); curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
20984 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (curr->expr))
20987 case dw_val_class_loc:
20988 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
20989 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = NULL;
20991 case dw_val_class_addr:
20992 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
20993 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
20995 a->dw_attr = DW_AT_location;
20996 a->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
20997 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = NULL;
21004 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21007 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21008 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21011 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21013 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21014 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21015 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21016 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21019 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21021 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21022 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21023 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21024 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21025 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21026 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21029 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21031 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21034 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21036 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21037 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21038 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21042 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21043 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21044 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21045 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21047 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21049 next_node = node->next;
21052 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21054 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21057 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21058 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21060 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21061 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21062 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21065 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21066 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21067 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21068 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21069 this to be a child of the containing function.
21071 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21072 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21073 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21074 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21075 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21077 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21079 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21080 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21081 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21082 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21084 gcc_assert (context
21085 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21086 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21088 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21090 add_child_die (origin, die);
21092 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21097 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21099 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21101 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21103 tree decl = node->created_for;
21104 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21106 add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21107 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21108 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21112 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21114 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21115 emit full debugging info for them. */
21116 retry_incomplete_types ();
21118 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21119 prune_unused_types ();
21121 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21122 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21123 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21124 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21126 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21127 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21129 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21131 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21132 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21134 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21136 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21137 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21138 references to the main compile unit). */
21139 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21140 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21141 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21143 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21144 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21145 referenced. Prune them. */
21146 prune_unused_types ();
21149 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21150 that have children. */
21151 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21152 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21153 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21154 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21155 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21157 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21158 switch_to_section (text_section);
21159 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21160 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21162 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21163 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21166 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21168 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21169 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21171 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21172 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21177 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21179 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21180 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21181 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21182 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21183 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21184 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21185 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21187 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_ranges,
21188 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label,
21190 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21191 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label,
21194 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21196 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21198 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21200 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21201 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21202 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label);
21203 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21204 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21205 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label);
21207 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21208 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_begin,
21215 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21216 if (have_location_lists)
21218 /* Output the location lists info. */
21219 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21220 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21221 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21222 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21223 output_location_lists (die);
21226 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21227 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21228 debug_line_section_label);
21230 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21231 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21233 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21234 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21235 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21236 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21238 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21239 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21241 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21243 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21244 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21247 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21248 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21250 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21251 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21252 debug_line_section_label);
21254 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21257 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21259 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21260 has been emitted. */
21261 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21263 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21264 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21265 output_abbrev_section ();
21267 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21268 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21270 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21271 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21274 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21275 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21276 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21277 simply won't look for the section. */
21278 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21280 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21281 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21284 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21285 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21287 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21288 output_dcall_table ();
21290 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21292 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21293 output_vcall_table ();
21296 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21297 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21298 if (fde_table_in_use)
21300 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21304 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21305 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21307 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21308 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21312 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21313 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21314 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21315 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21316 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21317 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21318 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21320 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21321 output_line_info ();
21324 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21325 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21327 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21328 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21331 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21333 if (debug_str_hash)
21334 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21338 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21339 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21343 0, /* assembly_start */
21346 0, /* start_source_file */
21347 0, /* end_source_file */
21348 0, /* begin_block */
21350 0, /* ignore_block */
21351 0, /* source_line */
21352 0, /* begin_prologue */
21353 0, /* end_prologue */
21354 0, /* end_epilogue */
21355 0, /* begin_function */
21356 0, /* end_function */
21357 0, /* function_decl */
21358 0, /* global_decl */
21360 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21361 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21362 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21364 0, /* handle_pch */
21365 0, /* var_location */
21366 0, /* switch_text_section */
21367 0, /* direct_call */
21368 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21369 0, /* copy_call_info */
21370 0, /* virtual_call */
21372 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21375 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21377 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"